Document:

EX-4.7

 Exhibit 4.7 

EXECUTION VERSION 
 SECOND LIEN
SECURITY AGREEMENT 
 dated as of 

May 7, 2015 
 among 

DJO FINANCE LLC, 
 DJO FINANCE
CORPORATION, 
 the other Subsidiaries of DJO FINANCE LLC from time to time party hereto, 

as Grantors, 
 and 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON 
 as
Second Lien Agent 
 Reference is made to the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of May 7, 2015, among Macquarie US Trading LLC, as Initial
First Lien Agent, The Bank of New York Mellon, as Initial Second Lien Agent, The Bank of New York Mellon, as Initial Third Lien Agent, and DJO Finance LLC and certain of its affiliates (the “Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement”) and
the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of May 7, 2015, among Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as ABL Agent, Macquarie US Trading LLC, as First Lien Agent, The Bank of New York Mellon, as Second Lien Agent, The Bank of New York Mellon,
as Third Lien Agent, and DJO Finance LLC and certain of its affiliates (the “ABL Intercreditor Agreement” and, together with the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, the “Intercreditor Agreements”). Each Holder, by
its acceptance of a Note, (a) consents to the subordination of Liens provided for in the Intercreditor Agreements, (b) agrees that it will be bound by, and will take no actions contrary to, the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements
and (c) authorizes and instructs the Second Lien Agent on behalf of each Holder to enter into the Intercreditor Agreements as Second Lien Agent on behalf of such Holder. The foregoing provisions are intended as an inducement to the lenders
under the Credit Agreements to extend credit to the Company and the Guarantors and such lenders are intended third party beneficiaries of such provisions and the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements. 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the lien and security interest granted to the Second Lien Agent pursuant to the Security Documents and the
exercise of any right or remedy by the Second Lien Agent hereunder are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements and this Agreement, the terms of the
Intercreditor Agreements shall govern. 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

					
	 	  	Page	 
	
	ARTICLE I	  
	
	 Definitions
	   

		
	 Section 1.01.        Indenture
	  	 	1	  
	 Section 1.02.        Other Defined Terms
	  	 	2	  
	
	 ARTICLE II
	   

	
	 Pledge of Securities
	   

		
	 Section 2.01.        Pledge
	  	 	5	  
	 Section 2.02.        Delivery of the Pledged Equity
	  	 	6	  
	 Section 2.03.        Representations, Warranties and Covenants
	  	 	7	  
	 Section 2.04.        Certification of Limited Liability Company and Limited Partnership
Interests
	  	 	8	  
	 Section 2.05.        Registration in Nominee Name; Denominations
	  	 	9	  
	 Section 2.06.        Voting Rights; Dividends and Interest
	  	 	9	  
	
	 ARTICLE III
	   

	
	 Security Interests in Personal Property
	   

		
	 Section 3.01.        Security Interest
	  	 	11	  
	 Section 3.02.        Representations and Warranties
	  	 	13	  
	 Section 3.03.        Covenants
	  	 	14	  
	 Section 3.04.        First Lien Security Documents
	  	 	17	  
	
	 ARTICLE IV
	   

	
	 Remedies
	   

		
	 Section 4.01.        Remedies Upon Default
	  	 	17	  
	 Section 4.02.        Application of Proceeds
	  	 	19	  
	 Section 4.03.        Grant of License to Use Intellectual Property
	  	 	19	  
	
	 ARTICLE V
	   

	
	 Subordination
	   

		
	 Section 5.01.        Subordination
	  	 	20	  
	
	 ARTICLE VI
	   

	
	 Miscellaneous
	   

		
	 Section 6.01.        Notices
	  	 	21	  
	 Section 6.02.        Waivers; Amendment
	  	 	21	  

  
 -i- 

					
	 	  	Page	 
		
	 Section 6.03.        Second Lien Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification
	  	 	21	  
	 Section 6.04.        Successors and Assigns
	  	 	21	  
	 Section 6.05.        Survival of Agreement
	  	 	22	  
	 Section 6.06.        Counterparts; Effectiveness; Several Agreement
	  	 	22	  
	 Section 6.07.        Severability
	  	 	22	  
	 Section 6.08.        Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue; Consent to Service of Process;
Waiver of Jury Trial
	  	 	22	  
	 Section 6.09.        Headings
	  	 	23	  
	 Section 6.10.        Security Interest Absolute
	  	 	23	  
	 Section 6.11.        Termination or Release
	  	 	23	  
	 Section 6.12.        Additional Grantors
	  	 	24	  
	 Section 6.13.        Second Lien Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact
	  	 	24	  
	 Section 6.14.        General Authority of the Second Lien Agent
	  	 	25	  
	 Section 6.15.        Reasonable Care
	  	 	25	  
	 Section 6.16.        Delegation; Limitation
	  	 	25	  
	 Section 6.17.        Reinstatement
	  	 	25	  
	 Section 6.18.        Miscellaneous
	  	 	25	  
	 Section 6.19.        Intercreditor Agreements
	  	 	25	  
	 Section 6.20.        Relationship to Indenture
	  	 	26	  
		
	 Schedules
	  			
		
	 Schedule I        Subsidiary Parties
	  			
	 Schedule II       Pledged Equity and Pledged Debt
	  			
	 Schedule III     Commercial Tort Claims
	  			
		
	 Exhibits
	  			
		
	 Exhibit I         Form of Security Agreement Supplement
	  			
	 Exhibit II        Form of Patent Security Agreement
	  			
	 Exhibit III       Form of Trademark Security Agreement
	  			
	 Exhibit IV       Form of Copyright Security Agreement
	  			

  
 -ii- 

 SECOND LIEN SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of May 7, 2015, among DJO FINANCE LLC, a
Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), DJO FINANCE CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “Co-Issuer” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), certain subsidiaries of the
Company (the Issuers and such subsidiaries being collectively referred to as the initial “Grantors”) and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Second Lien Agent for the Second Lien Secured Parties (in such capacity, the “Second
Lien Agent”). 
 Reference is made to the Indenture dated as of May 7, 2015 (the “Base Indenture”),
among DJO FINCO INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Initial Issuer”), and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee (the “Trustee”) and as Second Lien Agent. 

WHEREAS, the Initial Issuer has issued $1,015,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 8.125% Second Lien Notes due 2021 pursuant to
the Base Indenture (such Notes, and any Additional Notes issued pursuant thereto, the “Notes”); 
 WHEREAS,
the Initial Issuer has merged with and into the Company, with the Company being the surviving entity, and the Company has entered into a Supplemental Indenture dated as of May 7, 2015 (the “Supplemental Indenture”; and the Base
Indenture, as supplemented by the Supplemental Indenture and as otherwise amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”), among the Issuers, the Guarantors party thereto, the Trustee and
the Second Lien Agent; 
 WHEREAS, in connection with the entering into of the Supplemental Indenture, the initial Grantors are
required to enter into this Agreement to secure the Notes on a second priority basis by the Term Loan Collateral (as defined in the Indenture) and on a third priority basis by the ABL Collateral (as defined in the Indenture); 

WHEREAS, the Second Lien Secured Parties (as herein defined) have authorized and directed the Second Lien Agent to enter into this Agreement
pursuant to which the initial Grantors will grant security interests in the Collateral for the benefit of the Second Lien Secured Parties, 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the mutual covenants and obligations herein set forth and for other good and valuable
consideration the sufficiency and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto intend to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows: 

ARTICLE I 

Definitions 

Section 1.01. Indenture. 

(a) Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Indenture. All terms defined
in the UCC (as defined herein) and not defined in this Agreement or the Indenture have the meanings specified therein; the term “instrument” shall have the meaning specified in Article 9 of the UCC. 

(b) The rules of construction specified in Section 1.04 of the Indenture also apply to this Agreement. 

 Section 1.02. Other Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms
have the meanings specified below: 
 “ABL Agent” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association under the ABL Intercreditor
Agreement. 
 “ABL Priority Collateral” has the meaning assigned to such term in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement. 

“ABL Intercreditor Agreement” has the meaning assigned to that term on the cover page of this Agreement. 

“Account Debtor” means any Person who is or who may become obligated to any Grantor under, with respect to or on account of
an Account. 
 “Accounts” has the meaning specified in Article 9 of the UCC. 

“Agreement” means this Second Lien Security Agreement, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
time. 
 “Article 9 Collateral” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01(a). 

“Collateral” means the Article 9 Collateral and the Pledged Collateral. 

“Copyright License” means any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting any right to any third party under any
Copyright now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that such Grantor otherwise has the right to license, or granting any right to any Grantor under any Copyright now or hereafter owned by any third party, and all rights of such Grantor under any
such agreement. 
 “Copyrights” means all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor: (a) all
copyright rights in any work subject to the copyright laws of the United States or any other country, whether as author, assignee, transferee or otherwise, and (b) all registrations and applications for registration of any such copyright in the
United States or any other country, including registrations, recordings, supplemental registrations and pending applications for registration in the USCO. 

“Credit Agreements” means together, the ABL Credit Agreement, dated as of May 7, 2015 ( the “ABL Credit
Agreement”), among the Company, a Delaware limited liability company, DJO Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, certain subsidiaries of the Company, and the ABL Lenders (as defined therein), and the Credit Agreement, dated as
of May 7, 2015 (the “First Lien Term Credit Agreement”) among the Company, a Delaware limited liability company, DJO Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, the guarantors party thereto from time to time, and the
lenders party thereto. 
 “Discharge of ABL Obligations” has the meaning assigned to such term in the ABL Intercreditor
Agreement. 
 “Discharge of First Lien Debt” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Junior Lien Intercreditor
Agreement. 

  
 -2- 

 “Excluded Assets” has the meaning assigned to it in the Term Loan Credit
Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date and also includes any assets excluded from the Collateral pursuant to Section 2.02(d) hereof. 

“First Lien Agent” has the meaning assigned to it in the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement. 

“First Lien Debt” has the meaning assigned to it in the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement. 

“General Intangibles” has the meaning specified in Article 9 of the UCC. 

“Grantor” means the Company, the Co-Issuer, each Guarantor that is a party hereto, including in each case their
respective successors and assigns, and each Guarantor that becomes a party to this Agreement after the Issue Date. 

“Indenture” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals to this Agreement. 

“Intellectual Property” means all intellectual and similar property of every kind and nature now owned or hereafter
acquired by any Grantor, including inventions, designs, Patents, Copyrights, Licenses, Trademarks, trade secrets, the intellectual property rights in software and databases and related documentation and all additions and improvements to the
foregoing. 
 “Intellectual Property Security Agreements” means the short-form Patent Security Agreement,
short-form Trademark Security Agreement, and short-form Copyright Security Agreement, each substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibits II, III, and IV respectively. 

“Intercreditor Agreements” means the ABL Intercreditor Agreement and the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement.

 “Issuers” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals of this Agreement, including their respective
successors and assigns. 
 “Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement” has the meaning assigned to that term on the
cover page of this Agreement. 
 “Laws” has the meaning assigned to it in the Term Loan Credit Agreement as
in effect on the Issue Date. 
 “License” means any (i) Patent License, (ii) Trademark License,
(iii) Copyright License or other Intellectual Property license or sublicense agreement to which any Grantor is a party, together with any and all (i) renewals, extensions, supplements and continuations thereof, (ii) income, fees,
royalties, damages, claims and payments now and hereafter due and/or payable thereunder or with respect thereto including damages and payments for past, present or future infringements or violations thereof, and (iii) rights to sue for past,
present and future violations thereof. 
 “Material Adverse Effect” has the meaning assigned to it in the
Term Loan Credit Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date. 
 “Patent License” means any written agreement, now or
hereafter in effect, granting to any third party any right to make, use or sell any invention on which a Patent, now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that any Grantor otherwise has the right to license, is in existence, or granting to any
Grantor any 

  
 -3- 

 
right to make, use or sell any invention on which a Patent, now or hereafter owned by any third party, is in existence, and all rights of any Grantor under any such agreement. 

“Patents” means all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor: (a) all letters Patent of
the United States or any other country in or to which any Grantor now or hereafter has any right, title or interest therein, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications for letters Patent of the United States or any other country,
including registrations, recordings and pending applications in the USPTO, and (b) all reissues, continuations, divisions, continuations-in-part, renewals, improvements or extensions thereof, and the inventions disclosed or claimed therein,
including the right to make, use and/or sell the inventions disclosed or claimed therein. 
 “Perfection
Certificate” has the meaning assigned to it in the Term Loan Credit Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date. 

“Pledged Certificated Securities” means any promissory notes, stock certificates, unit certificates, limited or
unlimited liability membership certificates or other securities now or hereafter included in the Pledged Collateral, including all certificates, instruments or other documents representing or evidencing any Pledged Collateral. 

“Pledged Collateral” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01. 

“Pledged Debt” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01. 

“Pledged Equity” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01. 

“Pledged Securities” means the Pledged Equity and Pledged Debt. 

“Second Lien Agent” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals of this Agreement. 

“Second Lien Documents” means the Indenture and the Security Documents, including this Agreement. 

“Second Lien Secured Obligations” means the Notes and the Obligations of the Issuers and the Guarantors under the
Notes and the Indenture. 
 “Second Lien Secured Parties” means the Trustee, the Second Lien Agent and the
Holders of the Notes from time to time. 
 “Security Agreement Supplement” means an instrument substantially
in the form of Exhibit I hereto. 
 “Security Documents” has the meaning assigned to it in the
Indenture. 
 “Security Interest” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01. 

“Subsidiary Parties” means (a) the Restricted Subsidiaries identified on Schedule I and (b) each
other Restricted Subsidiary that becomes a party to this Agreement as a Subsidiary Party after the Issue Date. 

“Term Loan/Notes Priority Collateral” has the meaning assigned to such term in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement.

  
 -4- 

 “Trademark License” means any written agreement, now or hereafter in
effect, granting to any third party any right to use any Trademark now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that any Grantor otherwise has the right to license, or granting to any Grantor any right to use any Trademark now or hereafter owned by any
third party, and all rights of any Grantor under any such agreement. 
 “Trademarks” means all of the
following now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor: (a) all trademarks, service marks, trade names, corporate names, trade dress, logos, designs, fictitious business names and other source or business identifiers, now existing or
hereafter adopted or acquired, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all registration and recording applications filed in connection therewith, including registrations and registration applications in the USPTO or any similar offices in any
other country or State of the United States or any political subdivision thereof, and all extensions or renewals thereof, as well as any unregistered trademarks and service marks used by a Grantor and (b) all goodwill connected with the use of
and symbolized thereby. 
 “UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in
effect in the State of New York; provided that, if perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection or the priority of the security interest in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction
other than the State of New York, “UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection
or priority. 
 “USCO” means the United States Copyright Office. 

“USPTO” means the United States Patent and Trademark Office. 

ARTICLE II 

Pledge of Securities 

Section 2.01. Pledge. As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Second Lien Secured
Obligations, including the Guarantees, and subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements, each of the Grantors hereby assigns and pledges to the Second Lien Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Second Lien Secured
Parties, and hereby grants to the Second Lien Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Second Lien Secured Parties, a security interest in all of such Grantors’ right, title and interest in, to and under: 

(i) all Equity Interests held by it, including those that are listed on Schedule II, and any other Equity Interests
obtained in the future by such Grantor and the certificates representing all such Equity Interests (the “Pledged Equity”); provided that the Pledged Equity shall not include Excluded Assets; 

(ii) (A) the debt securities owned by it, including those listed opposite the name of such Grantor on Schedule II,
(B) any debt securities obtained in the future by such Grantor and (C) the promissory notes and any other instruments evidencing such debt securities (the “Pledged Debt”); provided that the Pledged Debt shall not include
any Excluded Assets; 
 (iii) all other property that may be delivered to and held by the Second Lien Agent pursuant to the
terms of this Section 2.01; 
 (iv) subject to Section 2.06, all payments of principal or interest, dividends,
cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in 

  
 -5- 

 
respect of, in exchange for or upon the conversion of, and all other Proceeds received in respect of, the securities referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above; 

(v) subject to Section 2.06, all rights and privileges of such Grantor with respect to the securities and other property
referred to in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above; and 
 (vi) all Proceeds of any of the foregoing

 (the items referred to in clauses (i) through (vi) above being collectively referred to as the “Pledged Collateral”). 

TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the Pledged Collateral, together with all right, title, interest, powers, privileges and preferences pertaining or incidental thereto,
unto the Second Lien Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Second Lien Secured Parties, forever, subject, however, to the Intercreditor Agreements and the terms, covenants and conditions hereinafter set forth. 

Section 2.02. Delivery of the Pledged Equity. 

(a) Prior to the Discharge of First Lien Debt, any and all Pledged Securities (other than any uncertificated securities, but only for so long
as such securities remain uncertificated) shall be delivered to the First Lien Agent as bailee and agent for and on behalf of the Second Lien Agent to the extent such Pledged Securities, in the case of promissory notes or other instruments
evidencing Indebtedness, are required to be delivered pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 2.02. Upon the Discharge of First Lien Debt, each Grantor agrees promptly to deliver or cause to be delivered to the Second Lien Agent, for the
benefit of the Second Lien Secured Parties, any and all Pledged Securities (other than any uncertificated securities, but only for so long as such securities remain uncertificated) to the extent such Pledged Securities, in the case of promissory
notes or other instruments evidencing Indebtedness, are required to be delivered pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 2.02. 

(b) Prior to the Discharge of First Lien Debt, each Grantor will cause any Indebtedness for borrowed money having an aggregate principal
amount in excess of $5,000,000 owed to such Grantor by any Person pursuant to any obligation to be evidenced by a duly executed promissory note that is pledged and delivered to the First Lien Agent as bailee and agent for and on behalf of the Second
Lien Agent. Upon the Discharge of First Lien Debt, each Grantor will cause any Indebtedness for borrowed money having an aggregate principal amount in excess of $5,000,000 owed to such Grantor by any Person pursuant to any obligation to be evidenced
by a duly executed promissory note that is pledged and delivered to the Second Lien Agent, for the benefit of the Second Lien Secured Parties, pursuant to the terms hereof. 

(c) Upon delivery to the Second Lien Agent, any Pledged Securities shall be accompanied by stock or note powers duly executed in blank or
other instruments of transfer reasonably satisfactory to the Second Lien Agent and by such other instruments and documents as shall be necessary to perfect such Second Lien Agent’s security interest in such Pledged Securities. Each delivery of
Pledged Certificated Securities shall be accompanied by a schedule describing the securities, which schedule shall be deemed to supplement Schedule II and made a part hereof; provided that failure to supplement Schedule II shall
not affect the validity of such pledge of such Pledged Securities. Each schedule so delivered shall supplement any prior schedules so delivered. 

(d) Notwithstanding clause (a), (b) and (c) above, the Collateral will not include Equity Interests or other securities of any
direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Grantors to the extent necessary for such Subsidiary not to be subject to any requirement pursuant to Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the 

  
 -6- 

 
Securities Act (or any other law, rule or regulation) to file separate financial statements with the SEC (or any other governmental agency). In the event that Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under
the Securities Act requires or is amended, modified or interpreted by the SEC to require (or is replaced with another rule or regulation, or any other law, rule or regulation is adopted, which would require) the filing with the SEC (or any other
governmental agency) of separate financial statement of any Subsidiary of the Company due to the fact that such Subsidiary’s Equity Interests and other securities secure the Notes and Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, then the Equity
Interests and other securities of such Subsidiary shall automatically be deemed not to be part of the Collateral (to the extent necessary to not be subject to such requirement). In such event, the Security Documents may be amended or modified,
without the consent of any Second Lien Secured Party, to the extent necessary to release the security interests in the Equity Interests and other securities that are so deemed to no longer constitute part of the Collateral. 

Section 2.03. Representations, Warranties and Covenants. Each Grantor represents, warrants and covenants to and with the Second
Lien Agent, for the benefit of the Second Lien Secured Parties, that: 
 (a) as of the date hereof, Schedule II
includes all Equity Interests owned by such Grantor required to be pledged by such Grantor hereunder in order to satisfy Section 15.01 of the Indenture and the percentage of the issued and outstanding units of each class of the Equity Interests
of the issuer thereof represented by the Pledged Equity owned by such Grantor and all Pledged Debt owned by such Grantor; 

(b) the Pledged Equity and Pledged Debt issued by the Issuers or a Subsidiary have been duly and validly authorized and issued
by the issuers thereof and, in the case of the Pledged Equity, are fully paid and nonassessable, and in the case of the Pledged Debt, are legal, valid and binding obligations of the issuers thereof, except to the extent that enforceability of such
obligations may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, and other similar laws affecting creditor’s rights generally; 

(c) except for the security interests granted hereunder, such Grantor (i) is, subject to any transfers made in compliance
with the Indenture, the direct owner, beneficially and of record, of the Pledged Equity and Pledged Debt indicated on Schedule II, (ii) holds the same free and clear of all Liens, other than (A) Liens created by the Security
Documents and (B) Liens expressly permitted pursuant to Section 4.13 of the Indenture, and (iii) if requested by the Second Lien Agent, will defend its title or interest thereto or therein against any and all Liens (other than the
Liens permitted pursuant to this Section 2.03(c)), however arising, of all Persons whomsoever; 
 (d) except for
restrictions and limitations (i) imposed or permitted by the Second Lien Documents or securities laws generally and (ii) in the case of Pledged Equity of Persons that are not Subsidiaries, transfer restrictions that exist at the time of
acquisition of Equity Interests in such Persons, the Pledged Collateral is freely transferable and assignable, and none of the Pledged Collateral is subject to any option, right of first refusal, shareholders agreement, charter or by-law provisions
or contractual restriction of any nature that might prohibit, impair, delay or otherwise affect in any manner material and adverse to the Second Lien Secured Parties the pledge of such Pledged Collateral hereunder, the sale or disposition thereof
pursuant hereto or the exercise by the Second Lien Agent of rights and remedies hereunder; 
 (e) the execution and
performance by the Grantors of this Agreement are within each Grantor’s corporate, limited liability company or limited partnership, as applicable, powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action or other organizational
action; 

  
 -7- 

 (f) no consent or approval of any Governmental Authority, any securities exchange
or any other Person was or is necessary to the validity of the pledge effected hereby, except for (i) filings and registrations necessary to perfect the Liens on the Collateral granted by the Grantors in favor of the Second Lien Agent for the
benefit of the Second Lien Secured Parties and (ii) the approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations, actions, notices and filings which have been duly obtained, taken, given or made and are in full force and effect (except to the extent not
required to be obtained, taken, given, or made or to be in full force and effect pursuant to the Indenture); 
 (g) by virtue
of the execution and delivery by each Grantor of this Agreement , and delivery of the Pledged Certificated Securities in accordance with this Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreements and continued possession of such Pledged Certificated Securities
by the First Lien Agent in the State of New York on behalf of the Second Lien Agent, the Second Lien Agent for the benefit of the Second Lien Secured Parties has a legal, valid and perfected lien upon and security interest in such Pledged Security
as security for the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations to the extent such perfection is governed by the UCC, subject only to Liens permitted by Section 4.13 of the Indenture; and 

(h) the pledge effected hereby is effective to vest in the Second Lien Agent, for the benefit of the Second Lien Secured
Parties, the rights of the Second Lien Agent in the Pledged Collateral to the extent intended hereby. 
 Subject to the terms of this
Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreements, each Grantor hereby agrees that upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, it will comply with instructions of the Second Lien Agent with respect to the Equity Interests in
such Grantor that constitute Pledged Equity hereunder that are not certificated without further consent by the applicable owner or holder of such Equity Interests. 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, to the extent any provision of this Agreement or the Indenture excludes any assets
from the scope of the Pledged Collateral, or from any requirement to take any action to perfect any security interest in favor of the Second Lien Agent for the benefit of the Second Lien Secured Parties in the Pledged Collateral, the
representations, warranties and covenants made by any relevant Grantor in this Agreement with respect to the creation, perfection or priority (as applicable) of the security interest granted in favor of the Second Lien Agent for the benefit of the
Second Lien Secured Parties (including, without limitation, this Section 2.03) shall be deemed not to apply to such excluded assets. 

Section 2.04. Certification of Limited Liability Company and Limited Partnership Interests. No interest in any limited liability
company or limited partnership controlled by any Grantor that constitutes Pledged Equity shall be represented by a certificate unless (i) the limited liability company agreement or partnership agreement expressly provides that such interests
shall be a “security” within the meaning of Article 8 of the UCC of the applicable jurisdiction, and (ii) such certificate shall be delivered to the First Lien Agent or Second Lien Agent, as applicable, in accordance with
Section 2.02. Any limited liability company and any limited partnership controlled by any Grantor shall either (a) not include in its operative documents any provision that any Equity Interests in such limited liability company or such
limited partnership be a “security” as defined under Article 8 of the UCC or (b) certificate any Equity Interests in any such limited liability company or such limited partnership. To the extent an interest in any limited liability
company or limited partnership controlled by any Grantor and pledged under Section 2.01 is certificated or becomes certificated, (i) each such certificate shall be delivered to the First Lien Agent or Second Lien Agent, as applicable,
pursuant to Section 2.02(a) and (ii) such Grantor shall fulfill all other requirements under Section 2.02 applicable in respect thereof. Such 

  
 -8- 

 
Grantor hereby agrees that if any of the Pledged Collateral are at any time not evidenced by certificates of ownership, then each applicable Grantor shall, to the extent permitted by applicable
Law, if necessary or, upon the reasonable request of the Second Lien Agent, desirable to perfect a security interest in such Pledged Collateral, cause such pledge to be recorded on the equity holder register or the books of the issuer, execute any
customary pledge forms or other documents necessary or appropriate to complete the pledge and give the Second Lien Agent the right to transfer such Pledged Collateral under the terms hereof. 

Section 2.05. Registration in Nominee Name; Denominations. Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements, if an Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Second Lien Agent shall have given the Issuers prior written notice of its intent to exercise such rights, (a) the Second Lien Agent, on behalf of the Second Lien Secured Parties, shall have
the right to hold the Pledged Securities in its own name as pledgee, the name of its nominee (as pledgee or as sub-agent) or the name of the applicable Grantor, endorsed or assigned in blank or in favor of the Second Lien Agent (or its nominee) and
each Grantor will promptly give to the Second Lien Agent copies of any written notices or other written communications received by it with respect to Pledged Equity registered in the name of such Grantor and (b) the Second Lien Agent shall have
the right to exchange the certificates representing Pledged Securities for certificates of smaller or larger denominations for any purpose consistent with this Agreement, to the extent not prohibited by the documentation governing such Pledged
Securities and applicable Laws. 
 Section 2.06. Voting Rights; Dividends and Interest. 

(a) Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements, unless and until an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the
Second Lien Agent shall have provided prior notice to the Issuers that the rights of the Grantors under this Section 2.06 are being suspended: 

(i) Each Grantor shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting and/or other consensual rights and powers inuring to an owner
of Pledged Securities or any part thereof and each Grantor agrees that it shall exercise such rights for purposes consistent with the terms of this Agreement, the Indenture and the other Security Documents. 

(ii) The Second Lien Agent shall promptly (after reasonable advance notice by such Grantor) execute and deliver to each
Grantor, or cause to be executed and delivered to such Grantor, all such proxies, powers of attorney and other instruments as such Grantor may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling such Grantor to exercise the voting and/or consensual
rights and powers it is entitled to exercise pursuant to subparagraph (i) above. 
 (iii) Each Grantor shall be entitled
to receive and retain any and all dividends, interest, principal and other distributions paid on or distributed in respect of the Pledged Securities to the extent and only to the extent that such dividends, interest, principal and other
distributions are permitted by, and otherwise paid or distributed in accordance with, the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the other Security Documents and applicable Laws; provided that any noncash dividends, interest, principal or
other distributions that would constitute Pledged Equity or Pledged Debt, whether resulting from a subdivision, combination or reclassification of the outstanding Equity Interests of the issuer of any Pledged Securities or received in exchange for
Pledged Securities or any part thereof, or in redemption thereof, or as a result of any merger, consolidation, acquisition or other exchange of assets to which such issuer may be a party or otherwise, shall be and become part of the Pledged
Collateral, and, if received by any Grantor, shall not be commingled by such Grantor with any of its other funds or property but shall be held separate and apart therefrom, and subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements, shall be

  
 -9- 

 
held in trust for the benefit of the Second Lien Agent and the Second Lien Secured Parties and shall be promptly (and in any event within 10 Business Days) delivered to the Second Lien Agent in
the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement reasonably requested by the Second Lien Agent). So long as no Default has occurred and is continuing, the Second Lien Agent shall promptly deliver to each Grantor any Pledged Securities in
its possession if requested to be delivered to the issuer thereof in connection with any exchange or redemption of such Pledged Securities permitted by the Indenture in accordance with this Section 2.06(a)(iii). 

(b) Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, after the
Second Lien Agent shall have notified the Issuers of the suspension of the Grantors’ rights under paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 2.06, then all rights of any Grantor to dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that such
Grantor is authorized to receive pursuant to paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 2.06 shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Second Lien Agent, which shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to receive
and retain such dividends, interest, principal or other distributions. All dividends, interest, principal or other distributions received by any Grantor contrary to the provisions of this Section 2.06 shall be held in trust for the benefit of
the Second Lien Agent, shall be segregated from other property or funds of such Grantor and shall be promptly (and in any event within 10 days) delivered to the Second Lien Agent upon demand in the same form as so received (with any necessary
endorsement reasonably requested by the Second Lien Agent). Any and all money and other property paid over to or received by the Second Lien Agent pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph (b) shall be retained by the Second Lien Agent in an
account to be established by the Second Lien Agent upon receipt of such money or other property and shall be applied in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.02. After all Events of Default have been cured or waived and the Company has
delivered to the Second Lien Agent a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Company to that effect, the Second Lien Agent shall promptly repay to each Grantor (without interest) all dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that
such Grantor would otherwise be permitted to retain pursuant to the terms of paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 2.06 and that remain in such account. 

(c) Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, after the
Second Lien Agent shall have provided the Issuers with notice of the suspension of its rights under paragraph (a)(i) of this Section 2.06, then all rights of any Grantor to exercise the voting and consensual rights and powers it is entitled to
exercise pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) of this Section 2.06, and the obligations of the Second Lien Agent under paragraph (a)(ii) of this Section 2.06, shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Second Lien Agent,
which shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to exercise such voting and consensual rights and powers; provided that, unless otherwise directed by Holders representing a majority in aggregate principal amount of outstanding
Notes, the Second Lien Agent shall have the right from time to time following and during the continuance of an Event of Default to permit the Grantors to exercise such rights. After all Events of Default have been cured or waived and the Issuers
have delivered to the Second Lien Agent a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Issuers to that effect, each Grantor shall have the exclusive right to exercise the voting and/or consensual rights and powers that the Issuers would otherwise be
entitled to exercise pursuant to the terms of paragraph (a)(i) above, and the obligations of the Second Lien Agent under paragraph (a)(ii) of this Section 2.06 shall be reinstated. 

(d) Any notice given by the Second Lien Agent to the Issuers under Section 2.05 or Section 2.06(i) shall be given in writing,
(ii) may be given with respect to one or more Grantors at the same or different times and (iii) may suspend the rights of the Grantors under paragraph (a)(i) or paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 2.06 in part without suspending all
such rights (as specified by the Second Lien Agent in its sole and absolute discretion) and without waiving or otherwise affecting the Second Lien Agent’s 

  
 -10- 

 
rights to give additional notices from time to time suspending other rights so long as an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. 

ARTICLE III  

Security Interests in Personal Property 

Section 3.01. Security Interest. 

(a) As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Second Lien Secured Obligations, including the
Guarantees, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements, each Grantor hereby assigns and pledges to the Second Lien Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Second Lien Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Second Lien
Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Second Lien Secured Parties, a security interest (the “Security Interest”) in, all right, title or interest in or to any and all of the following assets and properties now
owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the “Article 9 Collateral”): 

(i) all Accounts; 

(ii) all Chattel Paper; 

(iii) all Cash and Deposit Accounts; 

(iv) all Documents; 

(v) all Equipment; 

(vi) all General Intangibles; 

(vii) all Goods; 

(viii) all Instruments; 

(ix) all Inventory; 

(x) all Investment Property; 

(xi) all books and records pertaining to the Article 9 Collateral; 

(xii) all Fixtures; 

(xiii) all Letter-of-Credit Rights; 

(xiv) all Intellectual Property; 

(xv) all Commercial Tort Claims listed on Schedule III and on any supplement thereto received by the Second Lien
Agent pursuant to Section 3.03(g); and 
 (xvi) to the extent not otherwise included, all Proceeds and products of any
and all of the foregoing and all Supporting Obligations, collateral security and guarantees given by any Person with respect to any of the foregoing; 

  
 -11- 

 provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, this Agreement shall not
constitute a grant of a security interest in any Excluded Assets and the term “Article 9 Collateral” shall not include any Excluded Assets. 

(b) In furtherance of Section 5.5(b) of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement and at all times prior to the Discharge of ABL Obligations, as
security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Second Lien Secured Obligations, each Grantor hereby grants to the ABL Agent, its successors and permitted assigns, for the benefit of the Second Lien Agent and the other
Second Lien Secured Parties, a security interest in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts constituting Collateral. 

(c) Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements, each Grantor agrees that, in the event any Grantor, pursuant to any ABL Loan
Document (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement), takes any action to grant or perfect a Lien in favor of the ABL Agent in any assets, such Grantor shall also take such action to grant or perfect a Lien (subject to the ABL Intercreditor
Agreement and other than the granting of “control” (as defined in the UCC) over any Deposit Accounts or Securities Accounts ) in favor of the Second Lien Agent to secure the Second Lien Secured Obligations without request of the Second
Lien Agent, including with respect to any property and real property in which the ABL Agent directs a Grantor to grant or perfect a Lien or take such other action under any ABL Loan Document. 

(d) Subject to Section 3.01(g), each Grantor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Second Lien Agent for the benefit of the Second Lien
Secured Parties (but the Second Lien Agent shall be under no obligation to do so) at any time and from time to time to file in any relevant jurisdiction, in the event such Grantor fails to do in the first instance, any initial financing statements
with respect to the Article 9 Collateral or any part thereof and amendments thereto that (i) indicate the Article 9 Collateral as “all assets” or “all personal property” of such Grantor or words of similar effect as being of
an equal or lesser scope or with greater detail and (ii) contain the information required by Article 9 of the UCC or the analogous legislation of each applicable jurisdiction for the filing of any financing statement or amendment, including
whether such Grantor is an organization, the type of organization and, if required, any organizational identification number issued to such Grantor. Each Grantor agrees to provide such information to the Second Lien Agent promptly upon any
reasonable request. 
 (e) The Security Interest is granted as security only and shall not subject the Second Lien Agent or any other Second
Lien Secured Party to, or in any way alter or modify, any obligation or liability of any Grantor with respect to or arising out of the Article 9 Collateral. 

(f) The Second Lien Agent is authorized (but the Second Lien Agent shall be under no obligation to do so) to file with the USPTO or the USCO
(or any successor office) in the event such Grantor fails to do so in the first instance, such documents as may be necessary or advisable for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, continuing, enforcing or protecting the Security Interest in United
States Intellectual Property of each Grantor in which a security interest has been granted by each Grantor, without the signature of any Grantor, and naming any Grantor or the Grantor as debtors and the Second Lien Agent as secured party. No Grantor
shall be required to complete any filings or other action with respect to the perfection of the Security Interests created hereby in any Intellectual Property subsisting in any jurisdiction outside of the United States. 

(g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Security Documents, none of the Grantors shall be required, nor is the Second Lien Agent
authorized, (i) to perfect the Security Interests granted by this Agreement (including Security Interests in Investment Property and Fixtures) by any means other than by (A) filings pursuant to the UCC in the office of the secretary of
state (or similar 

  
 -12- 

 
central filing office) of the relevant State(s), and filings in the applicable real estate records with respect to any fixtures relating to Mortgaged Properties (as defined in the Credit
Agreements), (B) filings in United States government offices with respect to Intellectual Property of the Grantors as expressly required elsewhere herein, (C) delivery to the Second Lien Agent to be held in its possession of all Collateral
consisting of Instruments and certificated Pledged Equity as expressly required elsewhere herein or (D) other methods expressly provided herein, (ii) to enter into any deposit account control agreement, securities account control agreement
or any other control agreement with respect to any deposit account, securities account, commodities accounts or any other Collateral that requires perfection by “control,” other than with respect to (x) uncertificated securities to
the extent provided in Section 2.04 (y) any such account to the extent (and for so long as) control agreements are provided to the ABL Credit Agreement (or any refinancing thereof) with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral and
(z) any Account that constitutes Term Loan/ Notes Priority Collateral, (iii) to take any action (other than the actions listed in clauses (i)(A) and (C) above) with respect to any assets located outside of the United States,
(iv) to perfect in any assets subject to a certificate of title statute (v) to deliver any Equity Interests in Immaterial Subsidiaries and in any Person other than the Borrower or of any Restricted Subsidiaries or (vi) to deliver any
notes or other evidence of Indebtedness in amounts less than $5,000,000. 
 Section 3.02. Representations and Warranties. Each
Grantor jointly and severally represents and warrants, as to itself and the other Grantors, to the Second Lien Agent and the Second Lien Secured Parties that: 

(a) Each Grantor has good and valid rights in and title (except as otherwise permitted by the Security Documents) to the
Article 9 Collateral with respect to which it has purported to grant a Security Interest hereunder and has full power and authority to grant to the Second Lien Agent the Security Interest in such Article 9 Collateral pursuant hereto and to execute,
deliver and perform its obligations in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, without the consent or approval of any other Person other than any consent or approval that has been obtained and those consents or approvals, the failure of which
to be obtained or to be made could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 
 (b) The Perfection
Certificate has been duly prepared, completed and executed and the information set forth therein is correct and complete in all material respects (except the information therein with respect to the exact legal name of each Grantor shall be correct
and complete in all respects) as of the Closing Date. Subject to Section 3.01(g), the UCC financing statements or other appropriate filings, recordings or registrations prepared by Grantors (other than filings required to be made in the USPTO
and the USCO in order to perfect the Security Interest in Article 9 Collateral consisting of United States Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights), are all the filings, recordings and registrations that are necessary to establish a legal, valid and
perfected security interest in favor of the Second Lien Agent (for the benefit of the Second Lien Secured Parties) in respect of all Article 9 Collateral in which the Security Interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registration in the
United States (or any political subdivision thereof) and its territories and possessions pursuant to the UCC, and no further or subsequent filing, re-filing, recording, rerecording, registration or re-registration is necessary in any such jurisdiction, except as provided under applicable Law with respect to the filing of continuation statements. 

(c) Each Grantor represents and warrants that (i) short-form Intellectual Property Security Agreements containing a
description of all Article 9 Collateral consisting of United States registered Patents (and Patents for which United States registration applications are pending), United States registered Trademarks (and Trademarks for which United States
registration applications are pending) and United States registered Copyrights (and Copyrights for which United States registration applications are pending), respectively (other than, in each case, any Excluded

  
 -13- 

 
Assets), have been executed by the applicable Grantor owning any such Article 9 Collateral and will be recorded by the Grantors with the USPTO and the USCO pursuant to 35 U.S.C. § 261,
15 U.S.C. § 1060 or 17 U.S.C. § 205 and the regulations thereunder, as applicable, (for the benefit of the Second Lien Secured Parties) in respect of all Article 9 Collateral consisting of registrations and applications for
Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights and (ii) to the extent a security interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registration in the USPTO or USCO under the Federal intellectual property laws, then the recording of such Intellectual
Property Security Agreements with the USPTO and the USCO will be sufficient to protect the validity of and establish a legal, valid and perfected security interest in favor of the Second Lien Agent, for the benefit of the Second Lien Secured
Parties, in all such Article 9 Collateral and no further or subsequent filing, re-filing, recording, rerecording, registration or re-registration is necessary (other
than (i) such filings and actions as are necessary to perfect the Security Interest with respect to any Article 9 Collateral consisting of Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights (or registration or application for registration thereof) acquired or
developed by any Grantor after the date hereof and (ii) the UCC financing and continuation statements contemplated in Section 3.02(b)). 

(d) The Security Interest constitutes (i) a legal and valid security interest in all the Article 9 Collateral securing the
payment and performance of the Second Lien Secured Obligations, (ii) subject to the filings described in Section 3.02(b), a perfected security interest in all Article 9 Collateral in which a security interest may be perfected by filing,
recording or registering a financing statement or analogous document in the United States (or any political subdivision thereof) and its territories and possessions pursuant to the UCC and (iii) subject to the filings described in
Section 3.02(c), a security interest that shall be perfected in all Article 9 Collateral in which a security interest may be perfected upon the receipt and recording of an Intellectual Property Security Agreement with the USPTO and the USCO, as
applicable, within the three-month period after the date hereof pursuant to 35 U.S.C. § 261 or 15 U.S.C. § 1060 or the one-month period after the date hereof pursuant to 17 U.S.C. § 205. The Security Interest is and shall be prior to
any other Lien on any of the Article 9 Collateral, other than any Liens expressly permitted pursuant to Section 4.13 of the Indenture. 

(e) The Article 9 Collateral is owned by the Grantors free and clear of any Lien, except for Liens expressly permitted pursuant
to Section 4.13 of the Indenture. None of the Grantors has filed or consented to the filing of (i) any financing statement or analogous document under the UCC or any other applicable Laws covering any Article 9 Collateral, (ii) any
assignment in which any Grantor assigns any Article 9 Collateral or any security agreement or similar instrument covering any Article 9 Collateral with the USPTO or the USCO or (iii) any assignment in which any Grantor assigns any Article 9
Collateral or any security agreement or similar instrument covering any Article 9 Collateral with any foreign governmental, municipal or other office, which financing statement or analogous document, assignment, security agreement or similar
instrument is still in effect, except, in each case, for Liens expressly permitted pursuant to Section 4.13 of the Indenture and assignments permitted by the Indenture. 

(f) As of the date hereof, no Grantor has any Commercial Tort Claim in excess of $5,000,000, other than the Commercial Tort
Claims listed on Schedule III. 
 Section 3.03. Covenants. 

(a) The Issuers agree to notify the Second Lien Agent in writing (in the form of an Officer’s Certificate from a Responsible Officer of
the Issuers) promptly, but in any event within 60 days, after any change in (i) the legal name of any Grantor, (ii) the identity or type of organization or corporate structure of any Grantor, (iii) the jurisdiction of organization of
any Grantor or (iv) the organizational identification 

  
 -14- 

 
number of such Grantor, if any. Each Grantor agrees to promptly provide the Second Lien Agent, the certified Organizational Documents reflecting any of the changes in the preceding sentence. 

(b) Subject to the Intercreditor Agreements, Section 3.01(g) and Section 3.03(f)(iv), each Grantor shall, at its own expense, upon
the reasonable request of the Second Lien Agent, take any and all commercially reasonable actions necessary to defend title to the Article 9 Collateral against all Persons and to defend the Security Interest of the Second Lien Agent in the Article 9
Collateral and the priority thereof against any Lien not expressly permitted pursuant to Section 4.13 of the Indenture; provided that, nothing in this Agreement shall prevent any Grantor from discontinuing the operation or maintenance of
any of its assets or properties if such discontinuance is (x) determined by such Grantor to be desirable in the conduct of its business and (y) permitted by the Indenture. 

(c) Subject to the Intercreditor Agreements and Section 3.01(g), each Grantor agrees, at its own expense, to execute, acknowledge,
deliver and cause to be duly filed all such further instruments and documents and take all such actions as the Second Lien Agent may from time to time reasonably request to better assure, preserve, protect and perfect the Security Interest and the
rights and remedies created hereby, including the payment of any fees and taxes required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the granting of the Security Interest and the filing of any financing statements or other
documents in connection herewith or therewith. If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Article 9 Collateral that is in excess of $5,000,000 shall be or become evidenced by any promissory note, other instrument or debt security,
such note, instrument or debt security shall be promptly (and in any event within 60 days of its acquisition) pledged and delivered to the Second Lien Agent (or with respect to any ABL Priority Collateral, prior to the Discharge of ABL Obligations,
the ABL Agent as bailee for the Second Lien Agent pursuant to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement or after Discharge of ABL Obligations but prior to Discharge of First Lien Debt, the First Lien Agent as bailee for the Second Lien Agent pursuant to the
Intercreditor Agreements), for the benefit of the Second Lien Secured Parties, duly endorsed in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Second Lien Agent. 

(d) At its option, the Second Lien Agent may (but shall be under no obligation to do so) discharge past due taxes, assessments, charges, fees,
Liens, security interests or other encumbrances at any time levied or placed on the Article 9 Collateral and not permitted pursuant to Section 4.13 of the Indenture, and may pay for the maintenance and preservation of the Article 9 Collateral
to the extent any Grantor fails to do so as required by the Indenture or any other Security Document and within a reasonable period of time after the Second Lien Agent has requested that it do so, and each Grantor jointly and severally agrees to
reimburse the Second Lien Agent within 10 Business Days after demand for any payment made or any reasonable expense incurred by the Second Lien Agent pursuant to the foregoing authorization; provided, however, the Grantors shall not be
obligated to reimburse the Second Lien Agent with respect to any Intellectual Property that any Grantor has failed to maintain or pursue, or otherwise allowed to lapse, terminate or be put into the public domain in accordance with
Section 3.03(f)(iv). Nothing in this paragraph shall be interpreted as excusing any Grantor from the performance of, or imposing any obligation on the Second Lien Agent or any Second Lien Secured Party to cure or perform, any covenants or other
promises of any Grantor with respect to taxes, assessments, charges, fees, Liens, security interests or other encumbrances and maintenance as set forth herein or in the other Security Documents. 

(e) If at any time any Grantor shall take a security interest in any property of an Account Debtor or any other Person the value of
which is in excess of $5,000,000 to secure payment and performance of an Account, such Grantor shall, subject to the Intercreditor Agreements, promptly (but in any event within 60 days after such action by such Grantor) assign such security
interest to the Second Lien Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, this Agreement shall not constitute a grant of a security interest in any Excluded 

  
 -15- 

 
Assets. Such assignment need not be filed of public record unless necessary to continue the perfected status of the security interest against creditors of and transferees from the Account Debtor
or other Person granting the security interest. 
 (f) Intellectual Property Covenants. 

(i) Other than to the extent not prohibited herein or in the Indenture or with respect to registrations and applications no longer used or
useful, except to the extent failure to act would not, as deemed by the applicable Grantor in its reasonable business judgment, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, with respect to registration or pending application of each
item of its Intellectual Property for which such Grantor has standing to do so, each Grantor agrees to take, at its expense, all reasonable steps, including, without limitation, in the USPTO, the USCO and any other Governmental Authority located in
the United States, to pursue the registration and maintenance of each Patent, Trademark, or Copyright registration or application now or hereafter included in the Intellectual Property of such Grantor that are not Excluded Assets. 

(ii) Other than to the extent not prohibited herein or in the Indenture, or with respect to registrations and applications no longer used or
useful, or except as would not, as deemed by the applicable Grantor in its reasonable business judgment, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no Grantor shall do or permit any act or knowingly omit to do any act whereby any of
its Intellectual Property, excluding Excluded Assets, may lapse, be terminated, or become invalid or unenforceable or placed in the public domain (or in the case of a trade secret, become publicly known). 

(iii) Other than as excluded or as not prohibited herein or in the Indenture, or with respect to Patents, Copyrights or Trademarks which are
no longer used or useful in the applicable Grantor’s business operations or except where failure to do so would not, as deemed by the applicable Grantor in its reasonable business judgment, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect, each Grantor shall take all reasonable steps to preserve and protect each item of its Intellectual Property, including, without limitation, maintaining the quality of any and all products or services used or provided in connection with any
of the Trademarks, consistent with the quality of the products and services as of the date hereof, and taking reasonable steps necessary to ensure that all licensed users of any of the Trademarks abide by the applicable license’s terms with
respect to standards of quality. 
 (iv) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement or any other
Security Document prevents or shall be deemed to prevent any Grantor from disposing of, discontinuing the use or maintenance of, failing to pursue, or otherwise allowing to lapse, terminate or be put into the public domain, any of its Intellectual
Property to the extent permitted by the Indenture if such Grantor determines in its reasonable business judgment that such discontinuance is desirable in the conduct of its business. 

(v) Each Grantor agrees that, should it obtain an ownership or other interest in any Intellectual Property constituting Article 9 Collateral
after the Closing Date, (i) the provisions of this Agreement shall automatically apply thereto and (ii) any such Intellectual Property and, in the case of Trademarks, the goodwill symbolized thereby, shall automatically become Intellectual
Property subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. 
 (vi) Within the same delivery period as required for the delivery of the
annual Compliance Certificate required to be delivered under Section 4.04 of the Indenture, the Issuers shall (i) provide a list of any Intellectual Property constituting Article 9 Collateral of all Grantors not previously disclosed to the
Second Lien Agent, including such information as is necessary for such Grantor to make appropriate filings in the USPTO and USCO and (ii) execute and file with the USPTO and USCO, as applicable, an

  
 -16- 

 
Intellectual Property Security Agreement to record the grant of the security interest hereunder in such Intellectual Property. As soon as practicable upon each such filing and recording, such
Grantor shall deliver to the Second Lien Agent true and correct copies of the relevant documents, instruments and receipts evidencing such filing and recording. 

(g) Commercial Tort Claims. If the Grantors shall at any time hold or acquire a Commercial Tort Claim in an amount reasonably
estimated by such Grantor to exceed $5,000,000 for which this clause has not been satisfied and for which a complaint in a court of competent jurisdiction has been filed, such Grantor shall within 60 days after the end of the fiscal quarter in which
such complaint was filed notify the Second Lien Agent thereof in a writing signed by such Grantor including a summary description of such claim and grant to the Second Lien Agent, for the benefit of the Second Lien Secured Parties, in such writing a
security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement. 
 (h) Grantors Remain
Liable. Each Grantor (rather than the Second Lien Agent or any Second Lien Secured Party) shall remain liable (as between itself and any relevant counterparty) to observe and perform all the conditions and obligations to be observed and
performed by it under each contract, agreement or instrument relating to the Article 9 Collateral, all in accordance with the terms and conditions thereof, and each Grantor jointly and severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Second Lien
Agent and the Second Lien Secured Parties from and against any and all liability for such performance. 
 Section 3.04. First
Lien Security Documents. In the event any Grantor shall create any additional security interest upon any property or assets to secure any Priority Lien Obligations, it shall concurrently grant a security interest to the Second Lien Agent for the
benefit of the Second Lien Secured Parties upon such property as security for the Second Lien Secured Obligations. In the event any Grantor shall undertake any actions to perfect or protect any liens on any assets pledged in connection with either
Credit Agreement or any other Priority Lien Obligations, such Grantor shall also at the same time undertake such actions with respect to the Collateral for the benefit of the Second Lien Agent without request by the Second Lien Agent. 

ARTICLE IV  

Remedies 

Section 4.01. Remedies Upon Default. Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements, upon the occurrence and during the
continuance of an Event of Default, it is agreed that the Second Lien Agent shall have the right to exercise any and all rights afforded to a secured party with respect to the Second Lien Secured Obligations, including the Guarantees, under the UCC
or other applicable Law and also may (i) require each Grantor to, and each Grantor agrees that it will at its expense and upon request of the Second Lien Agent, promptly assemble all or part of the Collateral as directed by the Second Lien
Agent and make it available to the Second Lien Agent at a place and time to be designated by the Second Lien Agent that is reasonably convenient to both parties; (ii) occupy any premises owned or, to the extent lawful and permitted, leased (it
being acknowledged and agreed that the Grantors are not required to obtain any waiver or consent from any owner of such leased premises in connection with such occupancy or attempted occupancy) by any of the Grantors where the Collateral or any part
thereof is assembled or located for a reasonable period in order to effectuate its rights and remedies hereunder or under Law, without obligation to such Grantor in respect of such occupation; provided that the Second Lien Agent shall provide
the applicable Grantor with reasonable prior notice thereof which in any event shall be at least 10 days prior to such occupancy; (iii) exercise any and all rights and remedies of any of the Grantors under or in connection with the Collateral,
or otherwise in respect of the Collateral; provided that the 

  
 -17- 

 
Second Lien Agent shall provide the applicable Grantor with reasonable notice thereof prior to such exercise; and (iv) subject to the mandatory requirements of applicable Law and the notice
requirements described below, sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Collateral securing the Second Lien Secured Obligations at a public or private sale or at any broker’s board or on any securities exchange, for cash, upon credit
or for future delivery as the Second Lien Agent shall deem appropriate. The Second Lien Agent shall be authorized at any such sale of securities (if it deems it advisable to do so) to restrict the prospective bidders or purchasers to Persons who
will represent and agree that they are purchasing the Collateral for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or sale thereof, and upon consummation of any such sale the Second Lien Agent shall have the right to
assign, transfer and deliver to the purchaser or purchasers thereof the Collateral so sold. Each such purchaser at any sale of Collateral shall hold the property sold absolutely, free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor, and each
Grantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by Law) all rights of redemption, stay and appraisal which such Grantor now has or may at any time in the future have under any Law now existing or hereafter enacted. 

The Second Lien Agent shall give the applicable Grantors at least 10 days’ written notice (which each Grantor agrees is reasonable notice
within the meaning of Section 9-611 of the UCC or its equivalent in other jurisdictions) of the Second Lien Agent’s intention to make any sale of Collateral. Such notice, in the case of a public
sale, shall state the time and place for such sale and, in the case of a sale at a broker’s board or on a securities exchange, shall state the board or exchange at which such sale is to be made and the day on which the Collateral, or portion
thereof, will first be offered for sale at such board or exchange. Any such public sale shall be held at such time or times within ordinary business hours and at such place or places as the Second Lien Agent may fix and state in the notice (if any)
of such sale. At any such sale, the Collateral, or portion thereof, to be sold may be sold in one lot as an entirety or in separate parcels, as the Second Lien Agent may (in its sole and absolute discretion) determine. The Second Lien Agent shall
not be obligated to make any sale of any Collateral if it shall determine not to do so, regardless of the fact that notice of sale of such Collateral shall have been given. The Second Lien Agent may, without notice or publication, adjourn any public
or private sale or cause the same to be adjourned from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed for sale, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which the same was so adjourned. In case any sale
of all or any part of the Collateral is made on credit or for future delivery, the Collateral so sold may be retained by the Second Lien Agent until the sale price is paid by the purchaser or purchasers thereof, but the Second Lien Agent shall not
incur any liability in case any such purchaser or purchasers shall fail to take up and pay for the Collateral so sold and, in case of any such failure, such Collateral may be sold again upon like notice. At any public (or, to the extent permitted by
Law, private) sale made pursuant to this Agreement, any Second Lien Secured Party may bid for or purchase, free (to the extent permitted by Law) from any right of redemption, stay, valuation or appraisal on the part of any Grantor (all said rights
being also hereby waived and released to the extent permitted by Law), the Collateral or any part thereof offered for sale and may make payment on account thereof by using any claim then due and payable to such Second Lien Secured Party from any
Grantor as a credit against the purchase price, and such Second Lien Secured Party may, upon compliance with the terms of sale, hold, retain and dispose of such property without further accountability to any Grantor therefor. For purposes hereof, a
written agreement to purchase the Collateral or any portion thereof shall be treated as a sale thereof; the Second Lien Agent shall be free to carry out such sale pursuant to such agreement and no Grantor shall be entitled to the return of the
Collateral or any portion thereof subject thereto, notwithstanding the fact that after the Second Lien Agent shall have entered into such an agreement all Events of Default shall have been remedied and the Second Lien Secured Obligations paid in
full. As an alternative to exercising the power of sale herein conferred upon it, the Second Lien Agent may proceed by a suit or suits at Law or in equity to foreclose this Agreement and to sell the Collateral or any portion thereof pursuant to a
judgment or decree of a court or courts having competent jurisdiction or pursuant to a proceeding by a court-appointed receiver. Any sale pursuant to 

  
 -18- 

 
the provisions of this Section 4.01 shall be deemed to conform to the commercially reasonable standards as provided in Section 9-610(b) of the UCC or its equivalent in other
jurisdictions. 
 Each Grantor irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints the Second Lien Agent (and all officers, employees or
agents designated by the Second Lien Agent) as such Grantor’s true and lawful agent (and attorney-in-fact) during the continuance of an Event of Default (provided that the Second Lien Agent shall provide the applicable Grantor with
notice thereof prior to, to the extent reasonably practicable, or otherwise promptly after, exercising such rights), for the purpose of (i) making, settling and adjusting claims in respect of Article 9 Collateral under policies of insurance,
endorsing the name of such Grantor on any check, draft, instrument or other item of payment for the proceeds of such policies if insurance, (ii) making all determinations and decisions with respect thereto and (iii) obtaining or
maintaining policies of insurance or to pay any premium in whole or in part relating thereto. All sums disbursed by the Second Lien Agent in connection with this paragraph, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, expenses and other
charges relating thereto, shall be payable, within 10 days of demand, by the Grantors to the Second Lien Agent and shall be additional Second Lien Secured Obligations secured hereby. 

Section 4.02. Application of Proceeds. Subject to the Intercreditor Agreements, the Second Lien Agent shall apply the proceeds of
any collection or sale of Collateral, including any Collateral consisting of cash as follows: 
 (i) First, to amounts
owing to the Second Lien Agent in its capacity as such in accordance with the terms of the Security Documents; 
 (ii)
Second, to amounts owing to the Trustee in its capacity as such in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; 

(iii) Third, ratably to amounts owing to the holders of Second Lien Secured Obligations in accordance with the terms of
the Indenture; and 
 (iv) Last, to the relevant Grantor, as applicable, their successors or assigns or as a court of
competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct. 
 The Second Lien Agent shall have absolute discretion as to the time of application of any
such proceeds, moneys or balances in accordance with this Agreement. Upon any sale of Collateral by the Second Lien Agent (including pursuant to a power of sale granted by statute or under a judicial proceeding), the receipt of the Second Lien Agent
or of the officer making the sale shall be a sufficient discharge to the purchaser or purchasers of the Collateral so sold and such purchaser or purchasers shall not be obligated to see to the application of any part of the purchase money paid over
to the Second Lien Agent or such officer or be answerable in any way for the misapplication thereof. 
 The Second Lien Agent shall
have no liability to any of the Second Lien Secured Parties for actions taken in reliance on information supplied to it as to the amounts of unpaid principal and interest and other amounts outstanding with respect to the Second Lien Secured
Obligations, provided that nothing in this sentence shall prevent any Grantor from contesting any amounts claimed by any Second Lien Secured Party in any information so supplied. All distributions made by the Second Lien Agent pursuant to
this Section 4.02 shall be (subject to any decree of any court of competent jurisdiction) final (absent manifest error). 

Section 4.03. Grant of License to Use Intellectual Property. For the exclusive purpose of enabling the Second Lien Agent to
exercise rights and remedies under this Agreement at such time as the Second Lien Agent shall be lawfully entitled to exercise such rights and remedies at any time after and 

  
 -19- 

 
during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Grantor hereby grants to the Second Lien Agent a non-exclusive, royalty-free, limited license (until the waiver or cure of all Events of
Default and the delivery by the Issuers to the Second Lien Agent of an Officer’s Certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Issuers to that effect) for cash, upon credit or for future delivery as the Second Lien Agent shall deem appropriate to
use, license or sublicense any of the Intellectual Property now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor, and wherever the same may be located, and including in such license reasonable access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be
recorded or stored and to all computer software and programs used for the compilation or printout thereof; provided, however, that all of the foregoing rights of the Second Lien Agent to use such licenses, sublicenses and other rights,
and (to the extent permitted by the terms of such licenses and sublicenses) all licenses and sublicenses granted thereunder, shall expire immediately upon the waiver or cure of all Events of Default and the delivery by the Issuers to the Second Lien
Agent of an Officer’s Certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Issuers to that effect and shall be exercised by the Second Lien Agent solely during the continuance of an Event of Default and upon no less than 10 days’ prior written
notice to the applicable Grantor, and nothing in this Section 4.03 shall require Grantors to grant any license that is prohibited by any rule of law, statute or regulation, or is prohibited by, or constitutes a breach or default under or
results in the termination of any contract, license, agreement, instrument or other document evidencing, giving rise to or theretofore granted, to the extent permitted by the Indenture, with respect to such property or otherwise unreasonably
prejudices the value thereof to the relevant Grantor; provided, further, that any such license and any such license granted by the Second Lien Agent to a third party shall include reasonable and customary terms and conditions necessary
to preserve the existence, validity and value of the affected Intellectual Property, including without limitation, provisions requiring the continuing confidential handling of trade secrets, requiring the use of appropriate notices and prohibiting
the use of false notices, quality control and inurement provisions with regard to Trademarks, patent designation provisions with regard to Patents, copyright notices and restrictions on decompilation and reverse engineering of copyrighted software
(it being understood and agreed that, without limiting any other rights and remedies of the Second Lien Agent under this Agreement, any other Security Document or applicable Law, nothing in the foregoing license grant shall be construed as granting
the Second Lien Agent rights in and to such Intellectual Property above and beyond (x) the rights to such Intellectual Property that each Grantor has reserved for itself and (y) in the case of Intellectual Property that is licensed to any
such Grantor by a third party, the extent to which such Grantor has the right to grant a sublicense to such Intellectual Property hereunder). For the avoidance of doubt, the use of such license by the Second Lien Agent may be exercised, at the
option of the Second Lien Agent, only during the continuation of an Event of Default. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Second Lien Agent may also exercise the rights afforded under Section 4.01 of this
Agreement with respect to Intellectual Property contained in the Article 9 Collateral. 
 ARTICLE V  

Subordination 

Section 5.01. Subordination. 

(a) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, all rights of the Grantors to indemnity, contribution or subrogation
under applicable Law or otherwise shall be fully subordinated to the payment in full in cash of the Second Lien Secured Obligations. No failure on the part of the Issuers or any Grantor to make the payments required under applicable Law or otherwise
shall in any respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Grantor with respect to its obligations hereunder, and each Grantor shall remain liable for the full amount of the obligations of such Grantor hereunder. 

  
 -20- 

 (b) Each Grantor hereby agrees that upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of
Default and after notice from the Second Lien Agent, all Indebtedness owed to it by any other Grantor shall be fully subordinated to the payment in full in cash of the Second Lien Secured Obligations. 

ARTICLE VI  

Miscellaneous 

Section 6.01. Notices. All communications and notices hereunder shall (except as otherwise expressly permitted herein) be in
writing and given as provided in Section 14.02 of the Indenture. All communications and notices hereunder to the Issuers or any other Grantor shall be given to it in care of the Issuers as provided in Section 14.02 of the Indenture. 

Section 6.02. Waivers; Amendment. 

(a) No failure or delay by any Second Lien Secured Party in exercising any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under any other
Security Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or
privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges of the Second Lien Secured Parties herein provided, and provided under each other Security Document, are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided
by Law. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by any Grantor therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section 6.02, and then such waiver or
consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. 
 (b) Neither this Agreement nor any
provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Second Lien Agent and the Grantor or Grantors with respect to which such waiver, amendment or modification is to apply,
subject to any consent required pursuant to Article 9 of the Indenture. 
 Section 6.03. Second Lien Agent’s Fees and
Expenses; Indemnification. 
 (a) The parties hereto agree that the Second Lien Agent shall be entitled to reimbursement of its
reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred hereunder and indemnity for its actions in connection herewith to the same extent as the Trustee is reimbursed and indemnified under Section 7.07 of the Indenture. 

(b) Any such amounts payable as provided hereunder shall be additional Second Lien Secured Obligations secured hereby and by the other
Security Documents. The provisions of this Section 6.03 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the termination of this Agreement or any other Security Document, the consummation of the transactions contemplated
hereby, the repayment of any of the Second Lien Secured Obligations, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Security Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Second Lien Agent or
any other Second Lien Secured Party. All amounts due under this Section 6.03 shall be payable within 30 days of written demand therefor. 

Section 6.04. Successors and Assigns. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the
parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. 

  
 -21- 

 Section 6.05. Survival of Agreement. All covenants, agreements, representations and
warranties made by the Grantors hereunder and in the other Security Documents and in the certificates or other instruments prepared or delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement shall be considered to have been relied upon by the
Second Lien Secured Parties and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Security Documents and the issuance of any Notes, regardless of any investigation made by any Second Lien Secured Party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that any
Second Lien Secured Party may have had notice or knowledge of any Default and shall continue in full force and effect as long as this Agreement has not been terminated or released pursuant to Section 6.11 below. 

Section 6.06. Counterparts; Effectiveness; Several Agreement. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of
which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery by facsimile or other electronic communication of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement shall be effective as
delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement. This Agreement shall become effective as to any Grantor when a counterpart hereof executed on behalf of such Grantor shall have been delivered to the Second Lien Agent and a counterpart
hereof shall have been executed on behalf of the Second Lien Agent, and thereafter shall be binding upon such Grantor and the Second Lien Agent and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of such Grantor,
the Second Lien Agent and the other Second Lien Secured Parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns, except that no Grantor shall have the right to assign or transfer its rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein or in
the Collateral (and any such assignment or transfer shall be void) except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement or the Indenture. This Agreement shall be construed as a separate agreement with respect to each Grantor and may be amended,
modified, supplemented, waived or released with respect to any Grantor without the approval of any other Grantor and without affecting the obligations of any other Grantor hereunder. 

Section 6.07. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the legality,
validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or impaired thereby. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other
jurisdiction. 
 Section 6.08. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue; Consent to Service of Process; Waiver of Jury Trial.

 (a) THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 

(b) Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction
of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and an appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of our relating
to this Agreement or any other Security Document, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be
heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other
jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Security Document shall affect any right that the Trustee, the Second Lien Agent or any Second Lien Secured Party may otherwise have
to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Security Document against any Grantor or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction. 

  
 -22- 

 (c) Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest
extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may not or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Security Document in any court referred
to in paragraph (b) of this Section 6.08. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

 (d) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 6.01.
Nothing in this Agreement or any other Security Document will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by Law. 

(e) EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL
PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER SECURITY DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO
REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES
HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 6.08. 

Section 6.09. Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only,
are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement. 

Section 6.10. Security Interest Absolute. To the extent permitted by Law, all rights of the Second Lien Agent hereunder, the
Security Interest, the grant of a security interest in the Pledged Collateral and all obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of (a) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Indenture, any
other Security Document, any agreement with respect to any of the Second Lien Secured Obligations or any other agreement or instrument relating to any of the foregoing, (b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other
term of, all or any of the Second Lien Secured Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from the Indenture, any other Security Document or any other agreement or instrument, (c) any exchange, release or
non-perfection of any Lien on other collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent under or departure from any guarantee, securing or guaranteeing all or any of the Second Lien Secured Obligations or (d) subject only to
termination of a Grantor’s obligations hereunder in accordance with the terms of Section 6.11, any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Grantor in respect of the Second Lien
Secured Obligations or this Agreement. 
 Section 6.11. Termination or Release. 

(a) This Agreement, the Security Interest and all other security interests granted hereby shall terminate with respect to all Second Lien
Secured Obligations and any Liens arising therefrom shall be automatically released upon payment in full of all Second Lien Secured Obligations (other than contingent obligations not yet accrued and payable). 

  
 -23- 

 (b) A Subsidiary Party shall automatically be released from its obligations hereunder and the
Security Interest in the Collateral of such Subsidiary Party shall be automatically released on the terms and subject to the conditions contained in Section 15.02 of the Indenture. 

(c) [RESERVED] 
 (d) In
connection with any termination or release pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 6.11, the Second Lien Agent shall execute and deliver to any Grantor, at such Grantor’s expense, all documents (in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Second Lien Agent) that such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release and shall perform such other actions reasonably requested by such Grantor to effect such release, including delivery
of Pledge Certificated Securities then in the Second Lien Agent’s possession. Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section 6.11 shall be without recourse to, representation or warranty by the Second Lien Agent. 

Section 6.12. Additional Grantors. Pursuant to the Indenture, certain additional Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuers may be
required to enter into this Agreement as Grantors. Upon execution and delivery by a Restricted Subsidiary of a Security Agreement Supplement, such Restricted Subsidiary shall become a Grantor hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally
named as a Grantor herein. The execution and delivery of any such instrument shall not require the consent of any other Grantor hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the
addition of any new Grantor as a party to this Agreement. 
 Section 6.13. Second Lien Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact. Each
Grantor hereby appoints the Second Lien Agent the attorney-in-fact of such Grantor for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of this Agreement and taking any action and executing any instrument that the Second Lien Agent may deem necessary or
advisable to accomplish the purposes hereof at any time after and during the continuance of an Event of Default, which appointment is irrevocable and coupled with an interest. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Second Lien Agent
shall have the right, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and notice by the Second Lien Agent to the applicable Grantor of the Second Lien Agent’s intent to exercise such rights, with full power of substitution
either in the Second Lien Agent’s name or in the name of such Grantor (a) to receive, endorse, assign and/or deliver any and all notes, acceptances, checks, drafts, money orders or other evidences of payment relating to the Collateral or
any part thereof; (b) to demand, collect, receive payment of, give receipt for and give discharges and releases of all or any of the Collateral; (c) to sign the name of any Grantor on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any of the
Collateral; (d) to send verifications of Accounts Receivable to any Account Debtor; (e) to commence and prosecute any and all suits, actions or proceedings at Law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect or otherwise
realize on all or any of the Collateral or to enforce any rights in respect of any Collateral; (f) to settle, compromise, compound, adjust or defend any actions, suits or proceedings relating to all or any of the Collateral; (g) to notify,
or to require any Grantor to notify, Account Debtors to make payment directly to the Second Lien Agent; and (h) to use, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with all or any of the Collateral, and
to do all other acts and things necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, as fully and completely as though the Second Lien Agent were the absolute owner of the Collateral for all purposes; provided that nothing herein contained
shall be construed as requiring or obligating the Second Lien Agent to make any commitment or to make any inquiry as to the nature or sufficiency of any payment received by the Second Lien Agent, or to present or file any claim or notice, or to take
any action with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof or the moneys due or to become due in respect thereof or any property covered thereby. The Second Lien Agent and the other Second Lien Secured Parties shall be accountable only for
amounts actually received as a result of the exercise of the powers granted to them herein, and neither they nor their officers, directors, 

  
 -24- 

 
employees or agents shall be responsible to any Grantor for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for their own gross negligence, or willful misconduct or that of any of their Affiliates,
directors, officers or employees, in each case, as determined by a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. 

Section 6.14. General Authority of the Second Lien Agent. By acceptance of the benefits of this Agreement and any other Security
Documents, each Second Lien Secured Party (whether or not a signatory hereto) shall be deemed irrevocably (a) to consent to the appointment of the Second Lien Agent as its agent hereunder and under such other Security Documents, (b) to
confirm that the Second Lien Agent shall have the authority to act as the exclusive agent of such Second Lien Secured Party for the enforcement of any provisions of this Agreement and such other Security Documents against any Grantor, the exercise
of remedies hereunder or thereunder and the giving or withholding of any consent or approval hereunder or thereunder relating to any Collateral or any Grantor’s obligations with respect thereto, (c) to agree that it shall not take any
action to enforce any provisions of this Agreement or any other Security Document against any Grantor, to exercise any remedy hereunder or thereunder or to give any consents or approvals hereunder or thereunder except as expressly provided in this
Agreement or any other Security Document and (d) to agree to be bound by the terms of this Agreement and any other Security Documents. 

Section 6.15. Reasonable Care. The Second Lien Agent is required to use reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any of
the Collateral in its possession; provided, that the Second Lien Agent shall be deemed to have used reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any of the Collateral, if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially similar to
that which the Second Lien Agent accords its own property. 
 Section 6.16. Delegation; Limitation. The Second Lien Agent may
execute any of the powers granted under this Agreement and perform any duty hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact, and shall not be responsible for the gross negligence or willful misconduct of any agents or
attorneys-in-fact selected by it with reasonable care and without gross negligence or willful misconduct. 
 Section 6.17.
Reinstatement. The obligations of the Grantors under this Security Agreement shall be automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment by or on behalf of the Issuers in respect of the Second Lien Secured
Obligations is rescinded or must be otherwise restored by any holder of any of the Second Lien Secured Obligations, whether as a result of any proceedings in bankruptcy or reorganization or otherwise. 

Section 6.18. Miscellaneous. The Second Lien Agent shall not be deemed to have actual, constructive, direct or indirect notice or
knowledge of the occurrence of any Event of Default unless and until the Second Lien Agent shall have received a written notice of Event of Default or a written notice from the Grantor or the Secured Parties to the Second Lien Agent in its capacity
as Second Lien Agent indicating that an Event of Default has occurred. 
 Section 6.19. Intercreditor Agreements.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the lien and security interest granted to the Second Lien Agent, for the benefit of the Second Lien Secured Parties, pursuant to this Agreement and the exercise of any right or remedy by the Second
Lien Agent and the other Second Lien Secured Parties are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements and this Agreement, the
provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements shall control. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein, prior to the Discharge of ABL Obligations, any requirement hereunder to deliver any Collateral that constitutes ABL Priority
Collateral to the Second Lien Agent shall be deemed 

  
 -25- 

 
satisfied by delivery of such ABL Priority Collateral to the ABL Agent as bailee for the Second Lien Agent pursuant to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement. 

Section 6.20. Relationship to Indenture. The parties hereto hereby agree that the Second Lien Agent shall be entitled to all of
the rights, protections, privileges, indemnities and immunities afforded to it and the Trustee under the Indenture in connection with its execution of this Agreement and performance of its obligations hereunder. 

[Signature Pages Follow] 

  
 -26- 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year
first above written. 
  

					
	DJO FINANCE LLC
		
	By:		 /s/ Susan M. Crawford

			Name:		Susan M. Crawford
			Title:		Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

  

					
	 DJO FINANCE CORPORATION

		
	By:		 /s/ Susan M. Crawford

			Name:		Susan M. Crawford
			Title:		Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

  

			
	 DJO, LLC
 DJO CONSUMER, LLC

EMPI, INC.
 ELASTIC THERAPY, LLC

ENCORE MEDICAL ASSET CORPORATION
 ENCORE MEDICAL GP, LLC

ENCORE MEDICAL PARTNERS, LLC
 RIKCO INTERNATIONAL,
LLC

  

							
			
			By		 /s/ Susan M. Crawford

					Name:		Susan M. Crawford
					Title:		Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

  

							
	ENCORE MEDICAL L.P.
			
			By		Encore Medical GP, LLC
			
					 /s/ Susan M. Crawford

					Name:		Susan M. Crawford
					Title:		Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 [Signature Page to the Second Lien Security Agreement] 

 
					
	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as Second Lien Agent
		
	By:		 /s/ Francine Kincaid

			Name:		Francine Kincaid
			Title:		Vice President

 [Signature Page to the Second Lien Security Agreement] 

  
 S-1 

 Schedule I 

to the Security Agreement 

SUBSIDIARY PARTIES 
 DJO FINANCE
CORPORATION 
 DJO, LLC 
 DJO CONSUMER, LLC 

ENCORE MEDICAL PARTNERS, LLC 
 ENCORE MEDICAL GP, LLC 

EMPI, INC. 
 ENCORE MEDICAL ASSET CORPORATION 

ELASTIC THERAPY, LLC 
 RIKCO INTERNATIONAL, LLC 

ENCORE MEDICAL, L.P. 

 Exhibit I to the 

Security Agreement 

SUPPLEMENT NO.         dated as of [●] (the “Supplement”), to the
Security Agreement (the “Security Agreement”), dated as of May 7, 2015, among the Grantors identified therein and THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as Second Lien Agent. 

A. Reference is made to the Second Lien Notes Indenture dated as of May 7, 2015 (the “Base Indenture”) among DJO
FINCO INC., a Delaware corporation, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee (the “Trustee”) and as Second Lien Agent (the “Second Lien Agent”), as amended by the Supplemental Indenture dated as of May 7,
2015 (the “Supplemental Indenture”; and the Base Indenture, as supplemented by the Supplemental Indenture and as otherwise amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”),
among the Issuers, the Guarantors party thereto and the Trustee and the Second Lien Agent. 
 B. Capitalized terms used herein and
not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Indenture and the Security Agreement. 
 C.
Section 6.12 of the Security Agreement provides that additional Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuers may become Grantors under the Security Agreement by execution and delivery of an instrument in the form of this Supplement. The undersigned
(the “New Grantor”) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the Indenture to become a Grantor under the Security Agreement. 

Accordingly, the Second Lien Agent and the New Grantor agree as follows: 

SECTION 1. In accordance with Section 6.12 of the Security Agreement, the New Grantor by its signature below becomes a Grantor under the
Security Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Grantor and the New Grantor hereby (a) agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Security Agreement applicable to it as a Grantor thereunder and
(b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a Grantor thereunder are true and correct on and as of the date hereof. In furtherance of the foregoing, the New Grantor, as security for the payment and
performance in full of the Second Lien Secured Obligations, does hereby create and grant to the Second Lien Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Second Lien Secured Parties, their successors and assigns, a security interest in
and lien on all of the New Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to the Collateral (as defined in the Security Agreement) of the New Grantor. Each reference to a “Grantor” in the Security Agreement shall be deemed to include the
New Grantor. The Security Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference. 
 SECTION 2. The New Grantor represents and warrants to the
Second Lien Agent and the other Second Lien Secured Parties that this Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms,
except as such enforceability may be limited by debtor relief Laws and by general principles of equity. 
 SECTION 3. This Supplement may be
executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Supplement shall become effective when
the Second Lien Agent shall have received a counterpart of this Supplement that bears the signature of the New Grantor. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Supplement by facsimile transmission or other electronic communication shall be as
effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Supplement. 

  
 I-1 

 SECTION 4. The New Grantor hereby represents and warrants that (a) set forth on Schedule I
attached hereto is a true and correct schedule of the information required by Sections 2.02 and 3.02(f) of the Security Agreement with respect to Schedules II and III, respectively, to the Security Agreement applicable to it, (b) set forth
under its signature hereto is the true and correct legal name of the New Grantor, its jurisdiction of formation and the location of its chief executive office and (c) Schedule II attached hereto sets forth, as of the date hereof, (i) all
of the New Grantor’s Patents constituting Article 9 Collateral, including the name of the registered owner, type, registration or application number and the expiration date (if already registered) of each such Patent owned by the New Grantor,
(ii) all of the New Grantor’s Trademarks constituting Article 9 Collateral, including the name of the registered owner, the registration or application number and the expiration date (if already registered) of each such Trademark owned by
the New Grantor, and (iii) all of the New Grantor’s Copyrights constituting Article 9 Collateral, including the name of the registered owner, title and, if applicable, the registration number of each such Copyright owned by the New
Grantor. 
 SECTION 5. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. 

SECTION 6. THIS SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 

SECTION 7. If any provision of this Supplement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the legality, validity and enforceability of
the remaining provisions of this Supplement shall not be affected or impaired thereby. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. 

SECTION 8. All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 6.01 of the Security Agreement.

 SECTION 9. The New Grantor agrees to reimburse the Second Lien Agent for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the
execution and delivery of this Supplement, including the reasonable fees, other charges and disbursements of counsel for the Second Lien Agent. 

[Signature pages follow.] 

  
 I-2 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Grantor and the Second Lien Agent have duly executed this Supplement
to the Security Agreement as of the day and year first above written. 
  

					
	[NAME OF NEW GRANTOR]
		
	By:		  

			Name:		  

			Title:		  

	
	 Legal Name:
 Jurisdiction of
Formation:
 Location of Chief Executive office:

  
 I-3 

 Legal Name: 

Schedule I 
 to the Supplement No
    to the 
 Security Agreement 

PLEDGED EQUITY AND PLEDGED DEBT 
  

	1.	Pledged Equity: 

  

									
	 Current Legal Entities
Owned
	 	 Record Owner
	 	 Certificate No. 
(to the extent certificated)
	  	No. Shares	  	Percentage Pledged
		 		 		  		  	

  

	2.	Pledged Debt: 

 [List] 

 Schedule I 

to the Supplement No     to the 

Security Agreement 
 [COMMERCIAL
TORT CLAIMS] 
 [List] 

 Exhibit II to the 

Security Agreement 
 FORM OF

 PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT (SHORT FORM) 

PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of [            ], by
[            ] and [            ] (individually, a “Grantor”, and, collectively, the
“Grantors”), in favor of THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, in its capacity as collateral agent for the Secured Parties under the Indenture referred to below (in such capacity, the “Second Lien Agent”). 

W I T N E S S E T H: 

WHEREAS, reference is made to (a) the Security Agreement dated as of May 7, 2015 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise
modified from time to time, the “Security Agreement”), among the Grantors and Second Lien Agent and (b) the Indenture dated as of May 7, 2015 (the “Base Indenture”) among DJO FINCO INC., a Delaware
corporation, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee (the “Trustee”) and as Second Lien Agent (the “Second Lien Agent”), as amended by the Supplemental Indenture dated as of May 7, 2015 (the
“Supplemental Indenture”; and the Base Indenture, as supplemented by the Supplemental Indenture and as otherwise amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”), among the
Issuers, the Guarantors party thereto, the Trustee and the Second Lien Agent. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, the Grantors hereby agree with the
Second Lien Agent as follows: 
 SECTION 1. Defined Terms. Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Security Agreement
and used herein have the meaning given to them in the Security Agreement. 
 SECTION 2. Grant of Security Interest in Patent
Collateral. Each Grantor hereby pledges and grants to the Second Lien Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a lien on and security interest in and to all of its right, title and interest in, to and under all the following Collateral
(excluding any Excluded Assets) of such Grantor: 
 (a) all Patents and Patents for which United States registration
applications are pending of such Grantor listed on Schedule I attached hereto. 
 SECTION 3. The Security Agreement. The security
interest granted pursuant to this Patent Security Agreement is granted in conjunction with the security interest granted to the Second Lien Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement and the Grantors hereby acknowledge and affirm that the rights and
remedies of the Second Lien Agent with respect to the security interest in the Patents made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement. In the event that any provision of this Patent Security Agreement is deemed to
conflict with the Security Agreement, the provisions of the Security Agreement shall control. 
 SECTION 4. Termination. Upon the
termination of the Security Agreement in accordance with Section 6.11 thereof, the Second Lien Agent shall, at the expense of such Grantor, execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the Grantors an instrument (in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Second Lien Agent) reasonably requested by such Grantor in writing in recordable form releasing the lien on and security interest in the Patents under this Patent Security Agreement. 

  
 II-1 

 SECTION 5. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue; Consent to Service of Process; Waiver of
Jury Trial. 
 (a) THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 

(b) Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction
of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and an appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of our relating
to this Agreement or any other Security Document, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be
heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other
jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Security Document shall affect any right that the Trustee, the Second Lien Agent or any Second Lien Secured Party may otherwise have
to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Security Document against any Grantor or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction. 

(c) Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any
objection which it may not or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Security Document in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section 5.
Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court. 

(d) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 6.01 of the
Security Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Security Document will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by Law. 

(e) EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL
PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER SECURITY DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO
REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES
HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 5. 

SECTION 6. Counterparts. This Patent Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute
one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Patent Security Agreement by signing and delivering one or more counterparts. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Patent Security Agreement by facsimile or other
electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Patent Security Agreement. 

  
 II-2 

 SECTION 7. Intercreditor Agreements. Reference is made to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the lien and security interest granted to the Second Lien Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, pursuant to this Agreement and the exercise of any right or remedy by the Second Lien Agent and
the other Second Lien Secured Parties are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements and this Agreement, the provisions of the
Intercreditor Agreements shall control. 
 SECTION 8. Relationship to Indenture. The parties hereto hereby agree that the Second Lien
Agent shall be entitled to all of the rights, protections, privileges, indemnities and immunities afforded to it and the Trustee under the Indenture in connection with its execution of this Agreement and performance of its obligations hereunder.

 [Signature pages follow.] 

  
 II-3 

 
			
	[GRANTOR], as a Grantor
		
	By:		  

			Name
			Title

  
 II-4 

 
			
	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as Second Lien Agent
		
	By:		  

			Name:
			Title:

  
 II-5 

 Schedule I 

to 
 Patent Registrations
and Patent Applications 
 [See Attached] 

 Exhibit III to the 

Security Agreement 
 FORM OF

 TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT (SHORT FORM) 

TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT 

TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of [            ], by
[            ] and [            ] (individually, a “Grantor”, and, collectively, the
“Grantors”), in favor of THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, in its capacity as collateral agent for the Secured Parties under the Indenture (in such capacity, the “Second Lien Agent”). 

W I T N E S S E T H: 

WHEREAS, reference is made to (a) the Security Agreement dated as of May 7, 2015 (as amended, restated, supplemented or
otherwise modified from time to time, the “Security Agreement”), among the Grantors and Second Lien Agent and (b) the Indenture dated as of May 7, 2015 (the “Base Indenture”) among DJO FINCO INC., a
Delaware corporation, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee (the “Trustee”) and as Second Lien Agent (the “Second Lien Agent”), as amended by the Supplemental Indenture dated as of May 7, 2015 (the
“Supplemental Indenture”; and the Base Indenture, as supplemented by the Supplemental Indenture and as otherwise amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”), among the
Issuers, the Guarantors party thereto, the Trustee and the Second Lien Agent. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, the Grantors hereby agree with the
Second Lien Agent as follows: 
 SECTION 1. Defined Terms. Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Security Agreement
and used herein have the meaning given to them in the Security Agreement. 
 SECTION 2. Grant of Security Interest in Trademark
Collateral. Each Grantor hereby pledges and grants to the Second Lien Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a lien on and security interest in and to all of its right, title and interest in, to and under all the following Collateral
(excluding any Excluded Assets) of such Grantor: 
 (a) all Trademarks and Trademarks for which United States registration
applications are pending of such Grantor listed on Schedule I attached hereto. 
 SECTION 3. The Security Agreement. The security
interest granted pursuant to this Trademark Security Agreement is granted in conjunction with the security interest granted to the Second Lien Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement and the Grantors hereby acknowledge and affirm that the rights
and remedies of the Second Lien Agent with respect to the security interest in the Trademarks made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement. In the event that any provision of this Trademark Security Agreement is deemed
to conflict with the Security Agreement, the provisions of the Security Agreement shall control. 
 SECTION 4. Termination. Upon the
termination of the Security Agreement in accordance with Section 6.11 thereof, the Second Lien Agent shall, at the expense of such Grantor, execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the Grantors an instrument (in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Second Lien Agent) reasonably requested by such Grantor in writing in recordable form releasing the lien on and security interest in the Trademarks under this Trademark Security Agreement. 

  
 III-1 

 SECTION 5. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue; Consent to Service of Process; Waiver of
Jury Trial. 
 (a) THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 

(b) Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction
of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and an appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of our relating
to this Agreement or any other Security Document, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be
heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other
jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Security Document shall affect any right that the Trustee, the Second Lien Agent or any Second Lien Secured Party may otherwise have
to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Security Document against any Grantor or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction. 

(c) Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any
objection which it may not or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Security Document in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section 5.
Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court. 

(d) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 6.01 of the
Security Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Security Document will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by Law. 

(e) EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL
PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER SECURITY DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO
REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES
HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 5. 

SECTION 6. Counterparts. This Trademark Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute
one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Trademark Security Agreement by signing and delivering one or more counterparts. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Trademark Security Agreement by facsimile or other
electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Trademark Security Agreement. 

  
 III-2 

 SECTION 7. Intercreditor Agreements. Reference is made to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the lien and security interest granted to the Second Lien Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, pursuant to this Agreement and the exercise of any right or remedy by the Second Lien Agent and
the other Second Lien Secured Parties are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements and this Agreement, the provisions of the
Intercreditor Agreements shall control. 
 SECTION 8. Relationship to Indenture. The parties hereto hereby agree that the Second Lien
Agent shall be entitled to all of the rights, protections, privileges, indemnities and immunities afforded to it and the Trustee under the Indenture in connection with its execution of this Agreement and performance of its obligations hereunder.

 [Signature pages follow.] 

  
 III-3 

 
					
	[GRANTOR], as a Grantor
		
	By:		  

			Name		
			Title		

  
 III-4 

 
					
	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as Second Lien Agent
		
	By:		  

			Name		
			Title		

  
 III-5 

 Schedule I 

Trademark Registrations and Trademark Applications 

[See Attached] 

 Exhibit IV to the 

Security Agreement 
 FORM OF

 COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT (SHORT FORM) 

COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT 

COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of [            ], by
[            ] and [            ] (individually, a “Grantor”, and, collectively, the
“Grantors”), in favor of THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, in its capacity as collateral agent for the Secured Parties under the Indenture (in such capacity, the “Second Lien Agent”). 

W I T N E S S E T H: 

WHEREAS, reference is made to (a) the Security Agreement dated as of May 7, 2015 (as amended, restated, supplemented or
otherwise modified from time to time, the “Security Agreement”), among the Grantors and Second Lien Agent and (b) the Indenture dated as of May 7, 2015 (the “Base Indenture”) among DJO FINCO INC., a
Delaware corporation, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee (the “Trustee”) and as Second Lien Agent (the “Second Lien Agent”), as amended by the Supplemental Indenture dated as of May 7, 2015 (the
“Supplemental Indenture”; and the Base Indenture, as supplemented by the Supplemental Indenture and as otherwise amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”), among the
Issuers, the Guarantors party thereto, the Trustee and the Second Lien Agent. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, the Grantors hereby agree with the
Second Lien Agent as follows: 
 SECTION 1. Defined Terms. Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Security Agreement
and used herein have the meaning given to them in the Security Agreement. 
 SECTION 2. Grant of Security Interest in Copyright
Collateral. Each Grantor hereby pledges and grants to the Second Lien Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a lien on and security interest in and to all of its right, title and interest in, to and under all the following Collateral
(excluding any Excluded Assets) of such Grantor: 
 (a) all registered Copyrights of such Grantor listed on Schedule I
attached hereto. 
 SECTION 3. The Security Agreement. The security interest granted pursuant to this Copyright Security Agreement is
granted in conjunction with the security interest granted to the Second Lien Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement and the Grantors hereby acknowledge and affirm that the rights and remedies of the Second Lien Agent with respect to the security
interest in the Copyrights made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement. In the event that any provision of this Copyright Security Agreement is deemed to conflict with the Security Agreement, the provisions of the
Security Agreement shall control. 
 SECTION 4. Termination. Upon termination of the Security Agreement in accordance with
Section 6.11 thereof, the Second Lien Agent shall, at the expense of such Grantor, execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the Grantors an instrument ( in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Second Lien Agent) reasonably requested by
such Grantor in writing in recordable form releasing the lien on and security interest in the Copyrights under this Copyright Security Agreement. 

  
 IV-1 

 SECTION 5. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue; Consent to Service of Process; Waiver of
Jury Trial. 
 (a) THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 

(b) Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction
of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and an appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of our relating
to this Agreement or any other Security Document, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be
heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other
jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Security Document shall affect any right that the Trustee, the Second Lien Agent or any Second Lien Secured Party may otherwise have
to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Security Document against any Grantor or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction. 

(c) Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any
objection which it may not or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Security Document in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section 5.
Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court. 

(d) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 6.01 of the
Security Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Security Document will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by Law. 

(e) EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL
PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER SECURITY DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO
REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES
HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 5. 

SECTION 6. Counterparts. This Copyright Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute
one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Copyright Security Agreement by signing and delivering one or more counterparts. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Copyright Security Agreement by facsimile or other
electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Copyright Security Agreement. 

  
 IV-2 

 SECTION 7. Intercreditor Agreements. Reference is made to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the lien and security interest granted to the Second Lien Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, pursuant to this Agreement and the exercise of any right or remedy by the Second Lien Agent and
the other Second Lien Secured Parties are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements and this Agreement, the provisions of the
Intercreditor Agreements shall control. 
 SECTION 8. Relationship to Indenture. The parties hereto hereby agree that the Second Lien
Agent shall be entitled to all of the rights, protections, privileges, indemnities and immunities afforded to it and the Trustee under the Indenture in connection with its execution of this Agreement and performance of its obligations hereunder.

 [Signature pages follow.] 

  
 IV-3 

 
					
	[GRANTOR]
		
	By:		  

			Name		
			Title		

  
 IV-4 

 
					
	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as Second Lien Agent
		
	By:		  

			Name		
			Title		

  
 IV-5 

 Schedule I 

Copyright Registrations 

[See Attached]EX-4.8

 Exhibit 4.8 

EXECUTION VERSION 
  

 
  

INDENTURE 
 Dated as of
May 7, 2015 
 Among 
 DJO
FINANCE LLC, 
 DJO FINANCE CORPORATION, 

THE GUARANTORS NAMED ON THE SIGNATURE PAGES HERETO, 

and 
 THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,

 as Trustee 
 and 

Third Lien Agent 
 10.75% THIRD
LIEN NOTES DUE 2020 
 Reference is made to the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of May 7, 2015, among Macquarie US Trading LLC, as First
Lien Agent, The Bank of New York Mellon, as Second Lien Agent, The Bank of New York Mellon, as Third Lien Agent, and DJO Finance LLC and certain of its affiliates (the “TL-Notes Intercreditor Agreement”) and the ABL Intercreditor
Agreement, dated as of May 7, 2015, among Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as ABL Administrative Agent and as ABL Collateral Agent, Macquarie US Trading LLC, as First Lien Term Loan Agent, The Bank of New York Mellon, as Second Lien
Agent, The Bank of New York Mellon, as Third Lien Notes Agent, and DJO Finance LLC and certain of its affiliates (the “ABL/TL-Notes Intercreditor Agreement” and, together with the TL-Notes Intercreditor Agreement, the
“Intercreditor Agreements”). Each Holder, by its acceptance of a Note, (a) consents to the subordination of Liens provided for in the Intercreditor Agreements, (b) agrees that it will be bound by, and will take no actions
contrary to, the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements and (c) authorizes and instructs the Third Lien Agent on behalf of each Holder to enter into the Intercreditor Agreements as Third Lien Agent on behalf of such Holder. The foregoing
provisions are intended as an inducement to the lenders under the Credit Agreements to extend credit to the Company and the Guarantors and such lenders are intended third party beneficiaries of such provisions and the provisions of the Intercreditor
Agreements. 
 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the lien and security interest granted to the Third Lien Agent pursuant to the Security
Documents and the exercise of any right or remedy by the Third Lien Agent hereunder are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements and this Indenture, the
terms of the Intercreditor Agreements shall govern. 
  
  

 

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE* 
  

			
	 Trust Indenture Act Section
	  	Indenture Section
	 310(a)(1)
	  	7.10
	       (a)(2)
	  	7.10
	       (a)(3)
	  	N.A.
	       (a)(4)
	  	N.A.
	       (a)(5)
	  	7.10
	       (b)
	  	7.10
	 311(a)
	  	7.11
	       (b)
	  	7.11
	 312(a)
	  	2.05
	       (b)
	  	14.03
	       (c)
	  	14.03
	 313(a)
	  	7.06
	       (b)(1)
	  	15.02
	       (b)(2)
	  	7.06
	       (c)
	  	7.06;14.02
	       (d)
	  	7.06
	 314(a)
	  	4.03;14.02;14.05
	       (b)
	  	15.02
	       (c)(1)
	  	14.04
	       (c)(2)
	  	14.04
	       (c)(3)
	  	N.A.
	       (d)
	  	15.02
	       (e)
	  	14.05
	       (f)
	  	N.A.
	 315(a)
	  	7.01
	       (b)
	  	7.05;14.02
	       (c)
	  	7.01
	       (d)
	  	7.01
	       (e)
	  	6.14
	 316(a)(last sentence)
	  	2.09
	       (a)(1)(A)
	  	6.05
	       (a)(1)(B)
	  	6.04
	       (a)(2)
	  	N.A.
	       (b)
	  	6.07
	       (c)
	  	9.04
	 317(a)(1)
	  	6.08
	       (a)(2)
	  	6.12
	       (b)
	  	2.04
	 318(a)
	  	14.01
	       (b)
	  	N.A.
	       (c)
	  	14.01

 N.A. means not applicable. 

	*	This Cross-Reference Table is not part of this Indenture. 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	ARTICLE 1	  
	
	DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE	  
			
	Section 1.01	 	 Definitions
	  	 	1	  
	Section 1.02	 	 Other Definitions
	  	 	33	  
	Section 1.03	 	 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
	  	 	33	  
	Section 1.04	 	 Rules of Construction
	  	 	34	  
	Section 1.05	 	 Acts of Holders
	  	 	34	  
	Section 1.06	 	 Timing of Payment
	  	 	36	  
	
	ARTICLE 2	  
	
	THE NOTES	  
			
	Section 2.01	 	 Form and Dating; Terms
	  	 	36	  
	Section 2.02	 	 Execution and Authentication
	  	 	38	  
	Section 2.03	 	 Registrar and Paying Agent
	  	 	38	  
	Section 2.04	 	 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust
	  	 	38	  
	Section 2.05	 	 Holder Lists
	  	 	39	  
	Section 2.06	 	 Transfer and Exchange
	  	 	39	  
	Section 2.07	 	 Replacement Notes
	  	 	50	  
	Section 2.08	 	 Outstanding Notes
	  	 	51	  
	Section 2.09	 	 Treasury Notes
	  	 	51	  
	Section 2.10	 	 Temporary Notes
	  	 	51	  
	Section 2.11	 	 Cancellation
	  	 	52	  
	Section 2.12	 	 Defaulted Interest
	  	 	52	  
	Section 2.13	 	 CUSIP and ISIN Numbers
	  	 	52	  
	
	ARTICLE 3	  
	
	REDEMPTION	  
			
	Section 3.01	 	 Notices to Trustee
	  	 	53	  
	Section 3.02	 	 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased
	  	 	53	  
	Section 3.03	 	 Notice of Redemption
	  	 	53	  
	Section 3.04	 	 Effect of Notice of Redemption
	  	 	54	  
	Section 3.05	 	 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price
	  	 	54	  
	Section 3.06	 	 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part
	  	 	55	  
	Section 3.07	 	 Optional Redemption
	  	 	55	  
	Section 3.08	 	 Mandatory Redemption
	  	 	55	  
	Section 3.09	 	 Offers to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds
	  	 	56	  

  
 -i- 

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	ARTICLE 4	  
	
	COVENANTS	  
			
	Section 4.01	 	 Payment of Notes
	  	 	57	  
	Section 4.02	 	 Maintenance of Office or Agency
	  	 	58	  
	Section 4.03	 	 Reports and Other Information
	  	 	58	  
	Section 4.04	 	 Compliance Certificate
	  	 	59	  
	Section 4.05	 	 Taxes
	  	 	60	  
	Section 4.06	 	 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws
	  	 	60	  
	Section 4.07	 	 Limitation on Restricted Payments
	  	 	60	  
	Section 4.08	 	 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries
	  	 	67	  
	Section 4.09	 	 Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock
	  	 	68	  
	Section 4.10	 	 Asset Sales
	  	 	74	  
	Section 4.11	 	 Limitation on Layering
	  	 	77	  
	Section 4.12	 	 Transactions with Affiliates
	  	 	77	  
	Section 4.13	 	 Liens
	  	 	79	  
	Section 4.14	 	 Corporate Existence
	  	 	79	  
	Section 4.15	 	 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control
	  	 	80	  
	Section 4.16	 	 Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries
	  	 	81	  
	Section 4.17	 	 Designated Senior Indebtedness
	  	 	82	  
	Section 4.18	 	 Limitation on Business Activities of the Co-Issuer
	  	 	82	  
	Section 4.19	 	 Covenant Suspension
	  	 	82	  
	Section 4.20	 	 Impairment of Security Interest
	  	 	83	  
	Section 4.21	 	 After-Acquired Property
	  	 	83	  
	Section 4.22	 	 Further Assurances
	  	 	84	  
	
	ARTICLE 5	  
	
	SUCCESSORS	  
			
	Section 5.01	 	 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets
	  	 	84	  
	Section 5.02	 	 Successor Corporation Substituted
	  	 	87	  
	
	ARTICLE 6	  
	
	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES	  
			
	Section 6.01	 	 Events of Default
	  	 	88	  
	Section 6.02	 	 Acceleration
	  	 	90	  
	Section 6.03	 	 Other Remedies
	  	 	90	  
	Section 6.04	 	 Waiver of Past Defaults
	  	 	91	  
	Section 6.05	 	 Control by Majority
	  	 	91	  
	Section 6.06	 	 Limitation on Suits
	  	 	91	  
	Section 6.07	 	 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment
	  	 	91	  
	Section 6.08	 	 Collection Suit by Trustee
	  	 	92	  
	Section 6.09	 	 Restoration of Rights and Remedies
	  	 	92	  
	Section 6.10	 	 Rights and Remedies Cumulative
	  	 	92	  
	Section 6.11	 	 Delay or Omission Not Waiver
	  	 	92	  

  
 -ii- 

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	Section 6.12	 	 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	  	 	92	  
	Section 6.13	 	 Priorities
	  	 	93	  
	Section 6.14	 	 Undertaking for Costs
	  	 	93	  
	
	ARTICLE 7	  
	
	TRUSTEE	  
			
	Section 7.01	 	 Duties of Trustee
	  	 	94	  
	Section 7.02	 	 Rights of Trustee
	  	 	95	  
	Section 7.03	 	 Individual Rights of Trustee
	  	 	96	  
	Section 7.04	 	 Trustee’s Disclaimer
	  	 	96	  
	Section 7.05	 	 Notice of Defaults
	  	 	96	  
	Section 7.06	 	 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes
	  	 	97	  
	Section 7.07	 	 Compensation and Indemnity
	  	 	97	  
	Section 7.08	 	 Replacement of Trustee and Third Lien Agent
	  	 	98	  
	Section 7.09	 	 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc
	  	 	99	  
	Section 7.10	 	 Eligibility; Disqualification
	  	 	99	  
	Section 7.11	 	 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuers
	  	 	99	  
	
	ARTICLE 8	  
	
	LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE	  
			
	Section 8.01	 	 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
	  	 	99	  
	Section 8.02	 	 Legal Defeasance and Discharge
	  	 	99	  
	Section 8.03	 	 Covenant Defeasance
	  	 	100	  
	Section 8.04	 	 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance
	  	 	100	  
	Section 8.05	 	 Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions
	  	 	102	  
	Section 8.06	 	 Repayment to Issuers
	  	 	102	  
	Section 8.07	 	 Reinstatement
	  	 	102	  
	
	ARTICLE 9	  
	
	AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER	  
			
	Section 9.01	 	 Without Consent of Holders of Notes
	  	 	103	  
	Section 9.02	 	 With Consent of Holders of Notes
	  	 	105	  
	Section 9.03	 	 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
	  	 	107	  
	Section 9.04	 	 Revocation and Effect of Consents
	  	 	107	  
	Section 9.05	 	 Notation on or Exchange of Notes
	  	 	108	  
	Section 9.06	 	 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc
	  	 	108	  
	Section 9.07	 	 Payment for Consent
	  	 	108	  

  
 -iii- 

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	ARTICLE 10	  
	
	[RESERVED.]	  
	
	ARTICLE 11	  
	
	GUARANTEES	  
			
	Section 11.01	 	Guarantee	  	 	108	  
	Section 11.02	 	Limitation on Guarantor Liability	  	 	110	  
	Section 11.03	 	Execution and Delivery	  	 	110	  
	Section 11.04	 	Subrogation	  	 	111	  
	Section 11.05	 	Benefits Acknowledged	  	 	111	  
	Section 11.06	 	Release of Guarantees	  	 	111	  
	
	ARTICLE 12	  
	
	[RESERVED.]	  
	
	ARTICLE 13	  
	
	SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE	  
			
	Section 13.01	 	Satisfaction and Discharge	  	 	112	  
	Section 13.02	 	Application of Trust Money	  	 	113	  
	
	ARTICLE 14	  
	
	MISCELLANEOUS	  
			
	Section 14.01	 	Trust Indenture Act Controls	  	 	113	  
	Section 14.02	 	Notices	  	 	113	  
	Section 14.03	 	Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes	  	 	115	  
	Section 14.04	 	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	  	 	115	  
	Section 14.05	 	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion	  	 	115	  
	Section 14.06	 	Rules by Trustee and Agents	  	 	115	  
	Section 14.07	 	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders	  	 	115	  
	Section 14.08	 	Governing Law	  	 	116	  
	Section 14.09	 	Waiver of Jury Trial	  	 	116	  
	Section 14.10	 	Force Majeure	  	 	116	  
	Section 14.11	 	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements	  	 	116	  
	Section 14.12	 	Successors	  	 	116	  
	Section 14.13	 	Severability	  	 	117	  
	Section 14.14	 	Counterpart Originals	  	 	117	  
	Section 14.15	 	Table of Contents, Headings, etc	  	 	117	  
	Section 14.16	 	Qualification of Indenture	  	 	117	  
	Section 14.17	 	FATCA	  	 	117	  

  
 -iv- 

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	ARTICLE 15	  
	
	COLLATERAL	  
			
	Section 15.01	 	 Collateral and Security Documents
	  	 	117	  
	Section 15.02	 	 Release of Collateral
	  	 	118	  
	Section 15.03	 	 Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Security Documents
	  	 	120	  
	Section 15.04	 	 Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Third Lien Agent
	  	 	120	  
	Section 15.05	 	 Third Lien Agent
	  	 	120	  
	Section 15.06	 	 Intercreditor Agreements and other Security Documents
	  	 	122	  
	
	EXHIBITS	  
			
	Exhibit A	 	 Form of Note
	  			
	Exhibit B	 	 Form of Certificate of Transfer
	  			
	Exhibit C	 	 Form of Certificate of Exchange
	  			
	Exhibit D	 	Form of Supplemental Indenture to Be Delivered by Subsequent Guarantors	  			

  
 -v- 

 INDENTURE, dated as of May 7, 2015, among DJO Finance LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company (the “Company”), DJO Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation wholly owned by the Company (the “Co-Issuer” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), the Guarantors (as defined
herein) listed on the signature pages hereto and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee and Third Lien Agent. 
 W I T
N E S S E T H 
 WHEREAS, the Issuers have duly authorized the creation of an issue
of $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 10.75% Third Lien Notes due 2020 (the “Initial Notes”); 
 WHEREAS, the
Issuers will be jointly and severally liable for all obligations under the Notes; and 
 WHEREAS, each of the Issuers and each of the
Guarantors has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, each of the Issuers, the Guarantors, the
Trustee and the Third Lien Agent agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes. 

ARTICLE 1 
 DEFINITIONS AND
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 
 Section 1.01 Definitions. 

“2011 Transactions” means the acquisition contemplated by the 2011 Transaction Agreement and related financings. 

“2011 Transaction Agreement” means the Equity Interest Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 14, 2011, by and among
Rikco International, LLC d/b/a Dr. Comfort, Rikco Holding Corporation, Merit Mezzanine Fund IV, L.P., Merit Mezzanine Parallel Fund IV, L.P., the members of Rikco International, LLC parties thereto and DJO LLC, as the same may have been amended
prior to April 7, 2011. 
 “ABL Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement to be entered into on or about the Issue
Date, by and among the Company, the Co-Issuer, the Guarantors, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as the Administrative Agent thereunder, including any guarantees,
collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions or Refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks
or other institutional lenders or investors that Refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such Refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or
alters the maturity thereof; provided, however, that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof). 

“ABL/TL-Notes Intercreditor Agreement” means the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, to be dated the Issue Date, among Wells Fargo
Bank, National Association, as ABL Administrative Agent and as ABL Collateral Agent, Macquarie US Trading LLC, as First Lien Term Loan Agent, The Bank of New York Mellon, as Second Lien Agent, The Bank of New York Mellon, as Third Lien Notes Agent,
DJO Holdings LLC, the Company, the Co-Issuer and the other parties party thereto. 

 “Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, 

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such
specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and 

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person. 

“Additional Interest” means all additional interest then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. 

“Additional Notes” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes and other than Exchange Notes for such Initial Notes)
issued from time to time under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.01 and 4.09 hereof. 
 “Administrative
Agent” means the applicable agent from time to time under the relevant Credit Agreement and Intercreditor Agreement or Agreements who has authority to act for the holders of related First Lien Obligations. 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under
direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control
with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by
agreement or otherwise. 
 “After-Acquired Property” means any property of the Issuers or any Guarantor acquired after the
Issue Date that is required to secure the obligations of the Issuers and the Guarantors under the Notes and the Guarantees pursuant to this Indenture and the Security Documents. 

“Agent” means any Registrar or Paying Agent. 

“Agent’s Message” means a message transmitted by DTC to, and received by, the Depositary, which states that DTC has
received an express acknowledgment from each participant in DTC tendering the Notes that such participants have received the Letter of Transmittal and agree to be bound by the terms of the Letter of Transmittal and the Issuers may enforce such
agreement against such participants. 
 “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for
beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and/or Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange. 

“Asset Sale” means: 

(1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions,
of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”); or

  
 -2- 

 (2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other
than Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with Section 4.09 hereof), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions; 

in each case, other than: 
 (a)
any disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete or worn out equipment in the ordinary course of business or any disposition of inventory or goods (or other assets) held for sale in the ordinary course of business; 

(b) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company governed by, and in a manner permitted pursuant to
the provisions described under Section 5.01 hereof or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to this Indenture; 

(c) the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under
Section 4.07 hereof; 
 (d) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted
Subsidiary in any transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $10.0 million; 

(e) any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or
by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to another Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 
 (f) to the
extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or comparable law or regulation, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business; 

(g) the lease, assignment or sub-lease of any real or personal property in the ordinary
course of business; 
 (h) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an
Unrestricted Subsidiary; 
 (i) foreclosures on assets; 

(j) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility; and 

(k) any financing transaction with respect to the acquisition or construction of property by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions and asset securitizations permitted by this Indenture. 

“Bank Product Obligations” means Cash Management Obligations and Hedging Obligations. 

“Bank Products” means any facilities or services related to cash management, including treasury, depository, overdraft,
credit or debit card, purchase card, electronic funds transfer and other cash management arrangements. 

  
 -3- 

 “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law
for the relief of debtors. 
 “Blackstone Funds” means, individually or collectively, any investment fund, co-investment
vehicles and/or other similar vehicles or accounts, in each case managed by an Affiliate of The Blackstone Group L.P., or any of their respective successors. 

“Broker-Dealer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 

“Business Day” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday. 

“Capital Stock” means: 

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock; 

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other
equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock; 
 (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company,
partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and 
 (4) any other interest or participation that confers
on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person. 

“Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in
respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP. 

“Cash Equivalents” means: 

(1) United States dollars; 

(2) (a) euros or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU; or 

(b) such local currencies held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from time to time in the ordinary course of
business; 
 (3) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government (or
any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of the U.S. government) with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition; 

(4) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of
acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500.0 million in the case of U.S. banks and $100.0
million (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks; 

  
 -4- 

 (5) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in
clauses (3) and (4) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above; 

(6) commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or at least A-1 by S&P and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof; 

(7) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at
least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent
rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof; 
 (8)
investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (7) above; 

(9) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political
subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition; 

(10) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2”
or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition; and 
 (11) Investments
with average maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1)
and (2) above, provided, however, that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such
amounts. 
 “Cash Management Obligations” means obligations owed by the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary to any agent
or a lender under a Credit Facility or any Affiliate of any such agent or lender in respect of any treasury, depository and cash management services (including in respect of liabilities arising from purchase card, travel and entertainment cards or
other card services) or any automated clearing house transfers of funds. 
 “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any
of the following: 
 (1) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all
of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder; or 
 (2)
the Company becomes aware (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) of the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or
Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any such group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of
Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, 

  
 -5- 

 
by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act,
or any successor provision) of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies holding directly or indirectly 100% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the
Company. 
 “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme. 

“Co-Issuer” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the
applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Co-Issuer” shall mean such successor Person. 

“Collateral” means all of the collateral from time to time described in the Security Documents as collateral security for the
benefit of the Holders of the Notes. 
 “Company” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto until a successor Person
shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Company” shall mean such successor Person. 

“Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of
depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP. 

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of: 

(1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense
was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount or premium resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than or greater than par, as applicable, (b) all
commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market
valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and (e) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to
Indebtedness and excluding (t) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities not constituting Indebtedness, (u) interest expense attributable to Indebtedness of a parent entity resulting from push-down accounting to the extent such Person
and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not liable for the payment of such Indebtedness, (v) any expense resulting from the discounting of any outstanding Indebtedness in connection with the application of purchase accounting in connection with any
acquisition, (w) any Additional Interest and any comparable “additional interest” or “liquidated damages” with respect to securities for failure to timely comply with registration rights obligations, (x) amortization of
deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and (z) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest
expense) related to any Receivables Facility); plus 
 (2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its
Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less 

  
 -6- 

 (3) interest income for such period. 

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably
determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. 

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income, of such Person
and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that, without duplication, 

(1) any after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses
(less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses (including relating to the DJO Acquisition to the extent incurred on or prior to September 27, 2008), severance, relocation costs and curtailments or modifications to pension and
post-retirement employee benefit plans and other restructuring costs shall be excluded, 
 (2) the cumulative effect of a
change in accounting principles during such period shall be excluded, 
 (3) any
after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed,
abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations shall be excluded, 
 (4) any
after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Company,
shall be excluded, 
 (5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted
Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided, however, that Consolidated Net Income of the Company shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments
that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, 

(6) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3)(a)
of Section 4.07(a) hereof, the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted
Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument,
judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived,
provided, however, that Consolidated Net Income of the Company will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) or Cash Equivalents to
the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein, 
 (7)
effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in the property and equipment, inventory and other 

  
 -7- 

 
intangible assets, deferred revenue and debt line items in such Person’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation
to the DJO Acquisition or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded, 

(8) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness
or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded, 
 (9) any impairment charge or asset write-off, in each case, pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded, 

(10) any non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or
similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights shall be excluded, 
 (11) any fees and expenses incurred
during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, disposition, recapitalization, Investment, Asset Sale, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction
or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated on or prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred
during such period as a result of any such transaction shall be excluded, 
 (12) accruals and reserves that are established
or adjusted within twelve months after the date of the DJO Acquisition that are so required to be established or adjusted as a result of the DJO Acquisition in accordance with GAAP or changes as a result of a modification of accounting policies
shall be excluded, and 
 (13) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Issuers have
made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (b) in
fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be
excluded. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 4.07 hereof only (other than clause (3)(d) of
Section 4.07(a) hereof), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions
of Restricted Investments from the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted
Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under clause (3)(d) of Section 4.07(a) hereof. 

“Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends
or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any
obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, 

  
 -8- 

 (1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct
or indirect security therefor, 
 (2) to advance or supply funds 

(a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or 

(b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of
the primary obligor, or 
 (3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner
of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof. 

“Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 14.02 hereof or such
other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Holders and the Issuers. 
 “Covenant Suspension Event” means
the concurrent occurrence of both of the following: (i) the Notes having Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies, and (ii) no Default having occurred and is continuing under this Indenture. 

“Credit Agreements” means the ABL Credit Agreement and the Term Loan Credit Agreement. 

“Credit Facilities” means, with respect to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities,
including the debt facilities provided by the Credit Agreements, or other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other long-term indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions or
Refinancing thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that Refinances any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such Refinancing facility or indenture that
increases the amount permitted to be borrowed or issued thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided, however, that such increase in borrowings or issuances is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof) or adds Restricted
Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, trustee, lender or group of lenders or other holders. 

“Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto. 

“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

 “Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with
Section 2.06(c) hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached
thereto. 
 “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person
specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and 

  
 -9- 

 
any and all successors thereto appointed as Depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture. 

“Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by the
principal financial officer of the Company, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration. 

“Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred Stock of the Company or any parent corporation thereof (in each case other than
Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an
Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee executed by the principal financial officer of the Company or the applicable parent corporation thereof, as the case may be, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded
from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof and are not otherwise applied to make any other Restricted Payment. 

“Designated Priority Indebtedness” means the Second Lien Notes and any Indebtedness that Refinances any Second Lien Notes so
long as such Indebtedness constitutes Second Lien Obligations. 
 “Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person,
any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than
solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in
part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the maturity date of the Notes; provided, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan
to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations. 

“DJO Acquisition” means the acquisition contemplated by the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of July 15, 2007, by
and among ReAble Therapeutics Finance LLC, Reaction Acquisition Merger Sub, Inc. and DJO Opco Holdings Inc. (f/k/a DJO Incorporated), and related financings. 

“EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period 

(1) increased (without duplication) by: 

(a) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital gains, including, without limitation, federal, state, foreign,
franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes (including penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from tax examinations) of such Person paid or accrued during such period to the extent the same was deducted (and not added
back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (b) Fixed Charges of such Person for such period (including
(x) net losses on Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of 

  
 -10- 

 
hedging interest rate risk and (y) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, in each case, to the extent included in Fixed Charges), together with items excluded from
the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense” pursuant to clauses 1(t) through 1(z) thereof, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus 

(c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and
not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (d) any expenses or charges (other than depreciation or
amortization expense) related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by this Indenture (including a Refinancing thereof) (whether or not
successful), including (i) such fees, expenses or charges related to the Transactions, the offering of the Notes and the Credit Facilities and (ii) any amendment or other modification of the Notes, and, in each case, deducted (and not
added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (e) the amount of any restructuring charges, integration
costs or other business optimization expenses or reserves deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs incurred in connection with
acquisitions after the Issue Date and costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities; plus 
 (f) any
other non-cash charges, including any write offs or write downs, reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period (provided, however, that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for
potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus 

(g) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of
third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus 

(h) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid in such period to the
Investors to the extent otherwise permitted under Section 4.12 hereof; plus 
 (i) [RESERVED]; 

(j) the amount of loss on sale of receivables and related assets to the Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables
Facility; plus 
 (k) any costs or expense incurred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any
management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the
capital of the Company or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of the 

  
 -11- 

 
Company (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof; 

(2) decreased by (without duplication) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net
Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period; and 

(3) increased or decreased by (without duplication): 

(a) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Financial Accounting
Standards Codification No. 815-Derivatives and Hedging; plus or minus, as applicable, 
 (b) any net gain
or loss resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk and revaluations of intercompany
balances). 
 “EMU” means economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union. 

“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any
debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock. 
 “Equity Offering” means any public or
private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Company (excluding Disqualified Stock) or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (to the extent contributed to the Company as equity (other than Disqualified Stock), other than: 

(1) public offerings with respect to the Company’s or any direct or indirect parent company’s common stock registered
on Form S-8; 
 (2) issuances to any Subsidiary of the Company; and 

(3) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution. 

“Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system. 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated
thereunder. 
 “Exchange Notes” means the Notes issued in the Exchange Offer pursuant to Section 2.06(f) hereof. 

“Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 

“Exchange Offer Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 

  
 -12- 

 “Excluded Contribution” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or
Qualified Proceeds received by the Company from 
 (1) contributions to its common equity capital, and 

(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other
management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Company) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company, 

in each case after the Issue Date and in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal
financial officer of the Company on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof.

 “Existing Senior Subordinated Notes” means the 9.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017 issued by the Issuers pursuant
to an indenture, dated as of October 18, 2010, among the Issuers, certain Subsidiaries of the Company, as guarantors, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee. 

“First Lien Documents” shall mean, collectively, the Credit Agreements and all agreements, documents and instruments at any
time executed and/or delivered by the Issuers or any Guarantor or any other Person to, with or in favor of any First Lien Secured Party in connection therewith or related thereto, as all of the foregoing now exist or may hereafter be amended,
modified, supplemented, extended, renewed, restated, refinanced, replaced or restructured (in whole or in part and including any agreements with, to or in favor of any other lender or group of lenders that at any time Refinances, replaces or
succeeds to all or any portion of the First Lien Obligations on the terms set forth in the Intercreditor Agreements). 
 “First Lien
Lenders” shall mean, collectively, any Person party to the First Lien Documents as a lender (and including any other Person that at any time Refinances, replaces or succeeds to all or any portion of the First Lien Obligations or is
otherwise party to the First Lien Documents). 
 “First Lien Obligations” means all (a) obligations under the Credit
Agreements and any other obligations which are secured by a Lien ranking in parity with the obligations under either Credit Agreement or would have ranked pari passu if the obligations under such Credit Agreement were outstanding, (b) Hedging
Obligations owed to a Hedge Bank and (c) Cash Management Obligations. 
 “First Lien Secured Parties” means
(a) with respect to a Credit Agreement, collectively, the Administrative Agent with respect to such Credit Agreement, the lenders thereunder and their Affiliates (including lenders and their Affiliates to whom Cash Management Obligations are
owed), the Hedge Banks, any supplemental administrative agent and each co-agent or sub-agent appointed by any such Administrative Agent from time to time and (b) with respect to any other First Lien Document, all lenders, holders or agents
thereunder to which any First Lien Obligations are owing. 
 “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any
Person for any period, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, retires or extinguishes
any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the
commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the 

  
 -13- 

 
calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving
pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the
applicable four-quarter period. 
 For purposes of making the computation referred to above,
Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the
four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis,
assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of
the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be
calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable
four-quarter period. 
 For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be
given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect,
the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such
Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized
Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily
balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period except as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a
eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Company may designate. 

“Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of: 

(1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period; 

(2) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock of any
Restricted Subsidiary during such period; and 
 (3) all dividends or other distributions accrued (excluding items eliminated in
consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock during such period. 

  
 -14- 

 “Foreign Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted
Subsidiary of such Person that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia and any Restricted Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary. 

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States which are in effect on the Issue Date. 

“Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(ii) hereof, which is required to be placed on all
Global Notes issued under this Indenture. 
 “Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted
Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b), 2.06(d) or 2.06(f) hereof. 

“Government Securities” means securities that are: 

(1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or

 (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of
America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, 
 which, in either
case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government
Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided, however, that (except as required by law) such
custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest
on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt. 
 “guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by
endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or
other obligations. 
 “Guarantee” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Issuers’ Obligations under this
Indenture. 
 “Guarantor” means, each Restricted Subsidiary that Guarantees the Notes in accordance with the terms of this
Indenture and its successors and assigns, until released from its obligations under its Guarantee in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. 

“Hedge Bank” means any Person that is a revolving credit lender under any Credit Agreement or an Affiliate (determined as of
the date of entry into the Secured Hedge Agreement) of a revolving credit lender under any Credit Agreement, in its capacity as a party to a Secured Hedge Agreement. 

“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap
agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, 

  
 -15- 

 
commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of
interest rate or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies. 
 “Holder” means the Person in whose
name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books. 
 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, without
duplication: 
 (1) any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent: 

(a) in respect of borrowed money; 

(b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without
duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof); 
 (c) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the
purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (i) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business and
(ii) any earn-out obligations until, after 30 days of becoming due and payable, has not been paid and such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP; or 

(d) representing any Hedging Obligations; 

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability
upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; 
 (2) to the extent
not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the
balance sheet of such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; and 

(3) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person secured
by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person; 
 provided, however,
that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (a) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business or (b) obligations under or in respect of Receivables Facilities. 

“Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time. 

“Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in
Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Company, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged. 

“Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant. 

  
 -16- 

 “Initial Notes” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto. 

“Intercreditor Agreements” means (a) the TL-Notes Intercreditor Agreement and the ABL/TL-Notes Intercreditor Agreement
and (b) any additional intercreditor agreement entered into pursuant to Section 15.06(b) hereof. 
 “Interest Payment
Date” means April 15 and October 15 of each year to stated maturity. 
 “Investment Grade Rating” means
a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency. 

“Investment Grade Securities” means: 

(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or
instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents); 
 (2) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade
Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Company and its Subsidiaries; 

(3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and
(2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and 
 (4) corresponding
instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments. 
 “Investments”
means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to
customers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by
any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of the Company in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve
the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.07 hereof: 

(1) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary)
of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted
Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to: 

(a) the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less 

(b) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s Equity Interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net
assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and 

  
 -17- 

 (2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be
valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Company. 

“Investors” means any of the Blackstone Funds and any of their Affiliates but not including, however, any of its or such
Affiliates’ portfolio companies. 
 “Issue Date” means May 7, 2015. 

“Issuers” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto until a successor Person or Persons shall have become such
pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Issuers” shall mean such successor Person or Persons. 

“Issuers’ Order” means a written request or order signed on behalf of each Issuer by an Officer of such Issuer, who must
be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer, the principal accounting officer or an executive vice president of such Issuer, and delivered to the Trustee. 

“Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are not required to be open in
the State of New York or at the place of payment. If a payment date is on a Legal Holiday, payment will be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. 

“Letter of Transmittal” means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Issuers and sent to all Holders of the Notes
for use by such Holders in connection with the Exchange Offer. 
 “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage,
lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any
conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial
Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided, however, that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien. 

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business. 

“Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and
before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends. 
 “Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received
by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, including any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale, net of (i) the direct
costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions, (ii) any relocation expenses incurred as a
result thereof, (iii) taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements) amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any,
and interest on Senior Indebtedness required (other than required by clause (1) of Section 4.10(b) hereof) to be paid as a result of such transaction and (iv) any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset 

  
 -18- 

 
disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit
liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction. 

“Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person. 

“Notes” means the Initial Notes and more particularly means any Note authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. For
all purposes of this Indenture, the term “Notes” shall also include any Additional Notes that may be issued hereunder. For purposes of this Indenture, all references to Notes to be issued or authenticated upon transfer, replacement or
exchange shall be deemed to refer to Notes of the applicable series. 
 “Obligations” means any principal, interest
(including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under
applicable state, federal or foreign law), penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of
payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. 

“Offering Circular” means the Offering Circular and Consent Solicitation Statement, dated April 16, 2015, relating to
the Subordinated Notes Exchange Offer. 
 “Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief
Financial Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the applicable Issuer or Guarantor. 

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of an Issuer by an Officer of such Issuer or on behalf of a
Guarantor by an Officer of such Guarantor, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of such Issuer or Guarantor, as applicable, that meets the requirements set
forth in this Indenture. 
 “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the
Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company. 
 “Participant”
means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream). 

“Payment Restrictions” has the meaning specified in the TL-Notes Intercreditor Agreement. 

“Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations” means Additional Notes issued pursuant to this Indenture or other Indebtedness
that Refinances all or any portion of the Notes and is secured on a pari passu basis with the Notes; provided, however, that (i) the representative of such other Indebtedness executes a joinder agreement to the Third
Lien Security Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreements, agreeing to be bound thereby and (ii) the Company has designated such Indebtedness as “Third Lien Debt” under the Third Lien Security Agreement and the Intercreditor
Agreements. 

  
 -19- 

 “Permitted Asset Swap” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of
Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided, however, that any cash or Cash Equivalents
received must be applied in accordance with Section 4.10 hereof. 
 “Permitted Holders” means each of the Investors
and members of management of the Company (or its direct parent) on the Issue Date who are holders of Equity Interests of the Company (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) and any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or
Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided, however, that in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other
group, such Investors and members of management, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies. Any Person or group whose
acquisition of beneficial ownership constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of this Indenture will thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute an additional
Permitted Holder. 
 “Permitted Investment” means: 

(1) any Investment in the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(2) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities; 

(3) any Investment by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business if as
a result of such Investment: 
 (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or 

(b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers
or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, 
 and, in each case, any Investment held by
such Person; provided, however, that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer; 

(4) any Investment in securities or other assets, including earnouts, not constituting cash and Cash Equivalents and received
in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale; 

(5) any Investment existing on the Issue Date; 

(6) any Investment acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries: 

(a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary in
connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable; or 

(b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or
other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default; 

  
 -20- 

 (7) Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (10) of Section 4.09(b)
hereof; 
 (8) any Investment in a Similar Business having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other
Investments made pursuant to this clause (8) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed 2.5% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving
effect to subsequent changes in value); 
 (9) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (exclusive of
Disqualified Stock) of the Company, or any of its direct or indirect parent companies; provided, however, that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of
Section 4.07(a) hereof; 
 (10) guarantees of Indebtedness of the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary permitted under
Section 4.09 hereof; 
 (11) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in
accordance with the provisions of Section 4.12(b) hereof (except transactions described in clauses (2), (5) and (9) of Section 4.12(b) hereof); 

(12) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment; 

(13) additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to
this clause (13) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed 4.0% of Total Assets at
the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); 

(14) Investments relating to a Receivables Subsidiary that, in the good faith determination of the Company are necessary or
advisable to effect any Receivables Facility; 
 (15) advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees not in excess
of $10.0 million outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate; 
 (16) loans and advances to officers, directors and
employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practices or to fund such
Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company thereof; and 
 (17) loans
and advances to independent sales persons against commissions not in excess of $15.0 million outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate. 

“Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person (and, in each case, including but not limited to Liens on Collateral):

 (1) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar
legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits

  
 -21- 

 
of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each
case incurred in the ordinary course of business; 
 (2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s
and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to
which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP; 

(3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or payable or
subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP; 

(4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or
letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business; 

(5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens
incidental, to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or
materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person; 
 (6) Liens securing Obligations relating to
any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to this Indenture; provided, however, that any Indebtedness intended to rank pari passu with the Notes issued on the Issue Date will be limited to Additional Notes issued under the
Indenture or other Indebtedness to the extent it Refinances Notes; provided further, however, that, in connection with any Indebtedness that Refinances Notes, the proceeds of such Indebtedness is used to reduce the principal amount of
the Notes of each Holder on a pro rata basis or offered to each Holder on a pro rata basis; 
 (7) Liens existing on the
Issue Date (other than the Liens on the Collateral securing First Lien Obligations, Second Lien Obligations or the Notes); 

(8) Liens on property or shares of stock or other assets of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary;
provided, however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided further, however, that such Liens may not extend to
any other property owned by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (9) Liens on property at the time the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that such Liens are not
created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided further, however, that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

  
 -22- 

 (10) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary
owing to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof; 

(11) customary Liens securing (x) Hedging Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business by an Issuer or its
Restricted Subsidiaries and (y) obligations in respect of Bank Products; 
 (12) Liens on specific items of inventory or
other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 (13) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not
materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Indebtedness; 

(14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 
 (15) Liens in favor of the Company, the
Co-Issuer or any Guarantor; 
 (16) Liens on equipment of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the
ordinary course of business to the Company’s clients; 
 (17) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred
in connection with a Receivables Facility; 
 (18) Liens to secure any Refinancing (or successive Refinancings) as a whole,
or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (7), (8) and (9); provided, however, that (a) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the
original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (b) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of
the Indebtedness described under clauses (7), (8) and (9) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Indenture, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such
Refinancing; 
 (19) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers; 

(20) other Liens securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business which obligations do not exceed
$65.0 million at any one time outstanding; 
 (21) Liens securing Indebtedness of any Foreign Subsidiary permitted to be
incurred under this Indenture, to the extent such Liens relate only to the assets and properties of such Foreign Subsidiary; 

(22) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under clause (5) under
Section 6.01(a) hereof so long as such Liens are adequately 

  
 -23- 

 
bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be
initiated has not expired; 
 (23) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure
payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business; 
 (24) Liens
(i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code or any comparable or successor provision on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity
brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in
the banking industry; 
 (25) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under
Section 4.09 hereof; provided, however, that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement; 

(26) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity
trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes; 

(27) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not
given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary
course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 (28) Liens securing obligations owed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any lender under any Credit
Agreement or any Affiliate of such a lender in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds; and 

(29) during a Suspension Period only, Liens securing Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness that is secured equally and ratably
with (or on a basis subordinated to) the Notes), including Indebtedness represented by Sale and Lease-Back Transactions, in an amount not to exceed 5% of Total Assets at any one time outstanding. 

For purposes of this definition, the term “Indebtedness” shall be deemed to include interest on such Indebtedness. 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock
company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity. 

“Preferred Stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation,
dissolution, or winding up. 

  
 -24- 

 “Priority Lien Obligations” means any First Lien Obligation and any Second Lien
Obligation. 
 “Priority Secured Party” means any First Lien Secured Party and any Second Lien Secured Party. 

“Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(i) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued
under this Indenture, except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture. 
 “Private Placement Global
Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee
that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes exchanged in reliance on Regulation D. 

“Purchase Money Obligations” means any Indebtedness incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition, leasing, construction
or improvement of property (real or personal) or assets, and whether acquired through the direct acquisition of such property or assets, or otherwise (including through the purchase of Capital Stock of any Person owning such property or assets).

 “QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 

“Qualified Proceeds” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business;
provided, however, that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Company in good faith. 

“Rating Agencies” means Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the Notes
publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Issuers which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be. 

“Receivables Facility” means any of one or more receivables financing facilities as amended, supplemented, modified,
extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the Obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) pursuant to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells its accounts receivable to either (a) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Receivables
Subsidiary that in turn sells its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary. 
 “Receivables
Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any accounts receivable or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a
Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Facility. 
 “Receivables Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary formed
for the purpose of, and that solely engages only in one or more Receivables Facilities and other activities reasonably related thereto. 

“Record Date” for the interest or Additional Interest, if any, payable on any applicable Interest Payment Date means
April 1 or October 1 (whether or not a Business Day) next preceding such Interest Payment Date. 

  
 -25- 

 “Refinance” means, in respect of any Indebtedness, Capital Stock or obligation,
to refinance, extend, renew, refund, repay, prepay, purchase, redeem, restate, defease or retire, or to issue other Indebtedness, Capital Stock or other obligations in exchange or replacement for, such Indebtedness, Capital Stock or obligation.
“Refinanced” and “Refinancing” shall have correlative meanings. 
 “Registration Rights Agreement”
means the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to the Notes dated as of the Issue Date, among the Issuers, the Guarantors and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, in its capacity as dealer manager for the Subordinated Notes Exchange Offer, as
such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements among the Issuers and the other parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended,
modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Issuers to the holders of Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes under the Securities Act. 

“Regulation D” means Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Regulation S Global Note” means a Regulation S Temporary Global Note or Regulation S Permanent Global Note, as
applicable. 
 “Regulation S Permanent Global Note” means a permanent Global Note in the form of Exhibit A
hereto, bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the
Regulation S Temporary Global Note upon expiration of the Restricted Period. 
 “Regulation S Temporary Global Note”
means a temporary Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto, bearing the Global Note Legend, the Private Placement Legend and the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name
of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903. 

“Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(iii) hereof. 

“Related Business Assets” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business,
provided, however, that any assets received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of
securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary. 

“Representative” means, with respect to any Designated Priority Indebtedness, any trustee, agent or representative appointed
to act for the holders of such Indebtedness. 
 “Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any
officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions
similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and 

  
 -26- 

 
familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture. 

“Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend. 

“Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend. 

“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment. 

“Restricted Period” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S. 

“Restricted Subsidiary” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company (including the Co-Issuer and any
Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of
“Restricted Subsidiary.” 
 “Reversion Date” means on any date subsequent to a Suspension Date, one or both of
the Rating Agencies withdraw their Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating. 

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Rating Services and any successor to its rating agency business. 

“Sale and Lease-Back Transaction” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing. 

“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Second Lien Agent” means The Bank of New York Mellon, as the collateral agent for the holders of the Second Lien Notes,
together with any successor thereto. 
 “Second Lien Notes” means the 8.125% Second Lien Notes due 2021 to be issued on the
Issue Date pursuant to the Second Lien Notes Indenture. 
 “Second Lien Notes Indenture” means the indenture dated as of
the Issue Date among DJO Finco Inc., the Second Lien Notes Trustee and the Second Lien Agent. 
 “Second Lien Notes
Trustee” means The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee under the Second Lien Notes Indenture, and any successor trustee thereunder. 

  
 -27- 

 “Second Lien Obligations” means (a) the Second Lien Notes and the
Obligations of the Issuers and the Guarantors under the Second Lien Notes and the Second Lien Notes Indenture and (b) any other obligations which are secured by a Lien ranking pari passu with the Second Lien Notes or would have ranked pari
passu if the Second Lien Notes were outstanding. 
 “Second Lien Secured Parties” means (a) with respect to the Second
Lien Notes Indenture, collectively, the Second Lien Notes Trustee, the Second Lien Agent and the holders of the Second Lien Notes from time to time and (b) with respect to any other Second Lien Obligation, all lenders, holders or agents
thereunder to which Second Lien Obligations are owing. 
 “Secured Hedge Agreement” has the meaning given to it in the
applicable Credit Agreement. 
 “Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries secured by a Lien. 
 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and
regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder. 
 “Security Documents” means the Intercreditor Agreements and the
agreements pursuant to which security interests in the Collateral are granted to secure the Notes and the Guarantees from time to time, including the Third Lien Security Agreement. 

“Senior Indebtedness” means: 

(1) all Indebtedness of the Issuers or any Guarantor outstanding under the Credit Agreements (including interest accruing on or
after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or similar proceeding or for reorganization of the Issuers or any Guarantor (at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, regardless of whether or not a claim for post-filing
interest is allowed in such proceedings), and any and all other fees, expense reimbursement obligations, indemnification amounts, penalties, and other amounts (whether existing on the Issue Date or thereafter created or incurred) and all obligations
of the Issuers or any Guarantor to reimburse any bank or other Person in respect of amounts paid under letters of credit, acceptances or other similar instruments); 

(2) all (x) Hedging Obligations (and guarantees thereof) and (y) obligations in respect of Bank Products (and
guarantees thereof) owing to a lender under any Credit Agreement or any Affiliate of such lender (or any Person that was a Lender or an Affiliate of such Lender at the time the applicable agreement giving rise to such Hedging Obligation was entered
into), provided, however, that such Hedging Obligations and obligations in respect of Bank Products, as the case may be, are permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture; 

(3) any other Indebtedness of the Issuers or any Guarantor permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture, unless
the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or any related Guarantee; and 

(4) all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clauses (1), (2) and (3); 

provided, however, that Senior Indebtedness shall not include: 

  
 -28- 

 (a) any obligation of such Person to the Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries;

 (b) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person; 

(c) any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business; 

(d) any Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person which is subordinate or junior in any respect to any other Indebtedness
or other Obligation of such Person; or 
 (e) that portion of any Indebtedness which at the time of incurrence is incurred in
violation of this Indenture; provided, however that such Indebtedness shall be deemed not to have been incurred in violation of this Indenture for purposes of this clause if such Indebtedness consists of Designated Priority
Indebtedness, and the holder(s) of such Indebtedness or their agent or representative (i) had no actual knowledge at the time of incurrence that the incurrence of such Indebtedness violated this Indenture and (ii) shall have received a
certificate from an Officer of the Company to the effect that the incurrence of such Indebtedness does not violate the provisions of this Indenture. 

“Shelf Registration Statement” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement. 

“Significant Subsidiary” means (i) the Co-Issuer and (ii) any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a
“significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date. 

“Similar Business” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on
the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto. 
 “Sponsor Management
Agreement” means the management agreement between certain of the management companies associated with the Investors and the Company and/or one of its direct or indirect parent companies as in effect on the Issue Date. 

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means, with respect to the Notes, 

(1) any Indebtedness of the Issuers which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, and 

(2) any Indebtedness of any Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such entity of
the Notes. 
 “Subordinated Notes Exchange Offer” means the Issuers’ offer to exchange the Initial Notes and cash for
the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes pursuant to the Offering Circular. 
 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any
Person: 
 (1) any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited
liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at
the time of 

  
 -29- 

 
determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof or is consolidated under GAAP with such
Person at such time; and 
 (2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which 

(a) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited
partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited
partnership or otherwise, and 
 (b) such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a general partner or
otherwise controls such entity. 
 “Suspended Covenants” means: 

 

	 	(1)	Section 4.07; 

  

	 	(2)	Section 4.08; 

  

	 	(3)	Section 4.09; 

  

	 	(4)	Section 4.10; 

  

	 	(5)	Section 4.12; 

  

	 	(6)	Section 4.15; 

  

	 	(7)	Section 4.16; and 

  

	 	(8)	Section 5.01(a)(4). 

 “Suspension Date” means a date upon which a
Covenant Suspension Event occurs. 
 “Suspension Period” means the period of time between the Suspension Date and the
Reversion Date. 
 “Term Loan Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement entered into on or about the Issue Date, by and
among the Company, the Co-Issuer, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and Macquarie US Trading LLC, as the applicable Administrative Agent thereunder, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and
agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions or Refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or
investors that Refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such Refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof;
provided, however, that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.09. 
 “Third Lien
Agent” means The Bank of New York Mellon, as third lien collateral agent, together with any successor thereto. 

  
 -30- 

 “Third Lien Obligations” means the Indebtedness incurred and Obligations under
the Indenture and any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations. 
 “Third Lien Secured Parties” means (a) with
respect to the Indenture, collectively, the Trustee, the Third Lien Agent and the Holders of the Notes from time to time and (b) with respect to any other Third Lien Obligation, all lenders, holders or agents thereunder to which Third Lien
Obligations are owing. 
 “Third Lien Security Agreement” means the security agreement to be dated as of the Issue Date
among the Third Lien Agent, the Issuers and the Guarantors granting, among other things, a Third Priority Lien on the Collateral, subject to Permitted Liens, in favor of the Third Lien Agent for its benefit and for the benefit of the Trustee and the
Holders of the Notes and the holders of any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, as amended, modified, restated, supplemented or replaced from time to time in accordance with its terms. 

“TL-Notes Intercreditor Agreement” means the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, to be dated as of the Issue Date, among
Macquarie US Trading LLC, as First Lien Term Loan Agent, The Bank of New York Mellon, as Second Lien Agent, The Bank of New York Mellon, as Third Lien Agent, DJO Holdings LLC, the Company, the Co-Issuer and the other parties party thereto. 

“Total Assets” means the total assets of the Company, except where expressly provided otherwise, and its Restricted
Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of such other Person. 
 “Transactions”
means the Subordinated Notes Exchange Offer and the other transactions contemplated by the Offering Circular with respect to the Notes. 

“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-777bbbb). 

“Trustee” means The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable
provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder. 
 “Unrestricted Definitive Note” means
one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend. 
 “Unrestricted Global
Note” means a permanent Global Note, substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto,
and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary, representing Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend. 

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means: 

(1) any Subsidiary of the Company which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the
Company, as provided below); and 
 (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

The Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company, other than the Co-Issuer (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or
newly formed Subsidiary) to be an 

  
 -31- 

 
Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Company or any
Subsidiary of the Company (other than solely any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided, however, that 

(1) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which the Equity Interests entitled to cast at least a majority of the
votes that may be cast by all Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or Persons performing a similar function are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company; 

(2) such designation complies with Section 4.07 hereof; and 

(3) each of: 

(a) the Subsidiary to be so designated; and 

(b) its Subsidiaries 

has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly
liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary. 

The Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that, immediately after
giving effect to such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either: 
 (1) the Company could
incur at least $1.00 of additional Coverage Indebtedness under Section 4.09(a) hereof; or 
 (2) the Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, 

in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation. 

Any such designation by the Company shall be notified by the Company to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the
resolution of the board of directors of the Company or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions. 

“U.S. Person” means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(k) under the Securities Act. 

“Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in
the election of the board of directors of such Person. 
 “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing: 

(1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled
principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by 

  
 -32- 

 (2) the sum of all such payments. 

“Wholly-Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests of which
(other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person. 

Section 1.02 Other Definitions. 
  

			
	 Term
	  	Defined in
Section
	 “ABL Collateral”
	  	15.01
	 “Acceptable Commitment”
	  	4.10
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	4.12
	 “Applicable Law”
	  	14.17
	 “Asset Sale Offer”
	  	4.10
	 “Authentication Order”
	  	2.02
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	4.15
	 “Change of Control Payment”
	  	4.15
	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	  	4.15
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	8.03
	 “Coverage Indebtedness”
	  	4.09(a)
	 “DTC”
	  	2.03
	 “Event of Default”
	  	6.01
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	4.10
	 “incur”
	  	4.09
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	  	8.02
	 “Note Register”
	  	2.03
	 “Offer Amount”
	  	3.09
	 “Offer Period”
	  	3.09
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	2.03
	 “Payment Discharge”
	  	15.02
	 “Permitted Indebtedness”
	  	4.09(b)
	 “Purchase Date”
	  	3.09
	 “Redemption Date”
	  	3.07
	 “Refinancing Indebtedness”
	  	4.09
	 “Refunding Capital Stock”
	  	4.07
	 “Registrar”
	  	2.03
	 “Restricted Payments”
	  	4.07
	 “Second Commitment”
	  	4.10
	 “Successor Company”
	  	5.01
	 “Successor Person”
	  	5.01
	 “Term Loan Collateral”
	  	15.01
	 “Treasury Capital Stock”
	  	4.07

 Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. 

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the Trust Indenture Act, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this
Indenture. 

  
 -33- 

 The following Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings: 

“indenture securities” means the Notes; 

“indenture security Holder” means a Holder of a Note; 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture; 

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and 

“obligor” on the Notes and the Guarantees means the Issuers and the Guarantors, respectively, and any
successor obligor upon the Notes and the Guarantees, respectively. 
 All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the Trust
Indenture Act, defined by Trust Indenture Act reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the Trust Indenture Act have the meanings so assigned to them. 

Section 1.04 Rules of Construction. 

Unless the context otherwise requires: 

(a) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 

(b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 

(c) “or” is not exclusive; 

(d) “including” means including without limitation; 

(e) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; 

(f) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command; 

(g) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; 

(h) references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or
successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time; 
 (i) unless the context otherwise requires, any reference
to an “Article,” “Section” or “clause” refers to an Article, Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Indenture; and 

(j) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this
Indenture as a whole and not any particular Article, Section, clause or other subdivision. 
 Section 1.05 Acts of Holders. 

(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by
Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by 

  
 -34- 

 
one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall
become effective when such instrument or instruments or record or both are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuers. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or
the holding by any Person of a Note, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Issuers, if made in the manner provided in this Section 1.05. 

(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such
execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such
execution is by or on behalf of any legal entity other than an individual, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute proof of the authority of the Person executing the same. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or
writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient. 
 (c)
The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register. 
 (d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver
or other action by the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of any action taken,
suffered or omitted by the Trustee or the Issuers in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note. 
 (e)
The Issuers may, in the circumstances permitted by the Trust Indenture Act, set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to give any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or take any
other act, or to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent authorized or permitted to be given or taken by Holders. Unless otherwise specified, if not set by the Issuers prior to the first solicitation of a Holder made by any Person in
respect of any such action, or in the case of any such vote, prior to such vote, any such record date shall be the later of 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or the date of the most recent list of Holders furnished to the
Trustee prior to such solicitation. 
 (f) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled to take any action hereunder with regard to any
particular Note may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents, each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount. Any
notice given or action taken by a Holder or its agents with regard to different parts of such principal amount pursuant to this paragraph shall have the same effect as if given or taken by separate Holders of each such different part. 

(g) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Holder, including DTC that is the Holder of a Global Note, may make, give or take, by
a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders, and DTC as the Holder of a Global Note may provide
its proxy or proxies to the beneficial owners of interests in any such Global Note through such depositary’s standing instructions and customary practices. 

(h) The Issuers may fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons who are beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note
held by DTC entitled under the procedures of such 

  
 -35- 

 
depositary to make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this
Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders. If such a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date or their duly appointed proxy or proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date. No such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action shall be valid or
effective if made, given or taken more than 90 days after such record date. 
 Section 1.06 Timing of Payment. 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the date on which any payment is to be made pursuant to this Indenture or the Notes is not
a Business Day, the payment otherwise payable on such date shall be payable on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on such scheduled date and (provided such payment is made on such succeeding Business Day) no
interest shall accrue on the amount of such payment from and after such scheduled date to the time of such payment on such next succeeding Business Day and the amount of any such payment that is an interest payment will reflect accrual only through
the original payment date and not through the next succeeding Business Day. 
 ARTICLE 2 

THE NOTES 
 Section 2.01
Form and Dating; Terms. 
 (a) General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially
in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rules or usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of $2,000
and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. 
 (b) Global Notes. Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the
form of Exhibit A attached hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form
of Exhibit A attached hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes
as shall be specified in the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto and each shall provide that it shall represent up to the aggregate principal amount of Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that
the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as applicable, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or
decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by
Section 2.06 hereof. 
 (c) Temporary Global Notes. Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially
in the form of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, and registered in the name of the Depositary or the
nominee of the Depositary for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Issuers 

  
 -36- 

 
and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Restricted Period shall be terminated upon the receipt by the Trustee of: 

(i) a written certificate from the Depositary, if available, together with copies of certificates from Euroclear and
Clearstream, if available, certifying that they have received certification of non-United States beneficial ownership of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note (except to the extent of any beneficial owners
thereof who acquired an interest therein during the Restricted Period pursuant to another exemption from registration under the Securities Act and who shall take delivery of a beneficial ownership interest in a Private Placement Global Note bearing
a Private Placement Legend, all as contemplated by Section 2.06(b) hereof); and 
 (ii) an Officer’s Certificate
from the Issuers. 
 Following the termination of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note
shall be exchanged for beneficial interests in the Regulation S Permanent Global Note pursuant to the Applicable Procedures. Simultaneously with the authentication of the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Trustee shall cancel the Regulation S
Temporary Global Note. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee
and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided. 
 (d)
Terms. The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture and outstanding at any one time is limited to no more than $300.0 million. 

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Issuers, the
Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this
Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 
 The Notes shall be subject to repurchase by the Issuers
pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer as provided in Section 4.10 hereof or a Change of Control Offer as provided in Section 4.15 hereof. The Notes shall not be redeemable, other than as provided in Article 3 hereof. 

Additional Notes ranking pari passu with the Initial Notes issued in connection with the Subordinated Notes Exchange Offer may be
created and issued from time to time by the Issuers without notice to or consent of the Holders and shall be consolidated with and form a single class with the Initial Notes and shall have the same terms as to status, redemption or otherwise as the
Initial Notes; provided, however, that the Issuers’ ability to issue Additional Notes shall be subject to the Issuers’ compliance with Section 4.09 hereof. Any Additional Notes shall be issued with the benefit of an
indenture supplemental to this Indenture. 
 (e) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the
“Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream shall
be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Notes that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream. 

  
 -37- 

 Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication. 

At least one Officer of each Issuer shall execute the Notes on behalf of such Issuer by manual or facsimile signature. 

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be
valid. 
 A Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated
substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, as the case may be, by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been duly authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

 On the Issue Date, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuers’ Order (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate
and deliver the Notes in an aggregate principal amount of $298,436,000. If additional Initial Notes are to be issued upon consummation of the Subordinated Notes Exchange Offer, such Initial Notes will, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, be
authenticated and delivered by the Trustee. In addition, at any time, from time to time, the Trustee shall upon an Authentication Order authenticate and deliver any Additional Notes and Exchange Notes for an aggregate principal amount specified in
such Authentication Order for such Additional Notes or Exchange Notes issued hereunder. 
 The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent
acceptable to the Issuers to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An
authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Issuers. 
 Section 2.03 Registrar
and Paying Agent. 
 The Issuers shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for
exchange (“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes (“Note Register”) and of their transfer and
exchange. The Issuers may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Issuers
may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any Holder. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Issuers fail to appoint or maintain another
entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 

The Issuers initially appoint The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

 The Issuers initially appoint the Trustee to act as the Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes and to act as Custodian with respect to
the Global Notes. 
 Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. 

The Issuers shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the
benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on the 

  
 -38- 

 
Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuers in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it
to the Trustee. The Issuers at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than an Issuer or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the
money. If an Issuer or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the
Issuers, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. 
 Section 2.05 Holder Lists. 

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of
all Holders and shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee at least five Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times
as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Issuers shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act
Section 312(a). 
 Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange. 

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 2.06, a Global Note may be transferred, in
whole and not in part, only to another nominee of the Depositary or to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note unless (i) the Depositary
(x) notifies the Issuers that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Note or (y) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed
by the Issuers within 120 days or (ii) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with respect to the Notes. Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in (i) or (ii) above, Definitive Notes delivered in
exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests therein will be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures). Global Notes also may
be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or
Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note, except for Definitive Notes issued subsequent to any of the preceding events in (i) or (ii) above and pursuant to
Section 2.06(c) hereof. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a); provided, however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided
in Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f) hereof. 
 (b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The
transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall
be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or
(ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable: 
 (i)
Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form 

  
 -39- 

 
of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that prior to
the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial
interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the
Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i). 
 (ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of
Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i) hereof, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either
(A) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global
Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase
or (B) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the
beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or
exchange referred to in (1) above; provided, however, that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note prior to (A) the
expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903. Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Issuers in accordance with Section 2.06(f) hereof, the
requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(ii) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted
Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the
principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof. 
 (iii) Transfer of Beneficial
Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer
complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof and the Registrar receives the following: 
 (A) if the
transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Private Placement Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1)
thereof; or 
 (B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note,
then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof. 

(iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted
Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global 

  
 -40- 

 
Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of
Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof and: 
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in
accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not
(1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuers; 

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights
Agreement; 
 (C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in
accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 

(1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or 

(2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a
Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form
reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order
to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or
(D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuers shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more
Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above. 

Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery
thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. 
 (c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial
Interests for Definitive Notes. 
 (i) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive
Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a

  
 -41- 

 
Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in clauses (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and
receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
 (A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted
Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof; 

(B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the
form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (C) if such beneficial
interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2)
thereof; 
 (D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements
of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 

(E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, a certificate
substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 

(F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act,
a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 
 the Trustee shall
cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the
instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in
such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall mail such Definitive Notes
to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be
subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein. 
 (ii) Beneficial Interests in Regulation S Temporary Global
Note to Definitive Notes. Notwithstanding Sections 2.06(c)(i)(A) and (C) hereof, a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery
thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) of the Securities Act, except in the case of
a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904. 

(iii) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A holder of a beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person 

  
 -42- 

 
who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only upon the occurrence of any of the events in subsection (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and if:

 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights
Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person
participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuers; 

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights
Agreement; 
 (C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in
accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 

(1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an
Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or 

(2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a
Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an
Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no
longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 (iv) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted
Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who
takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in subsection (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii)
hereof, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person
designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall be registered in such name or names and in such
authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall mail such Definitive
Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend. 

  
 -43- 

 (d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests.

 (i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted
Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
 (A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive
Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof; 

(B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate
substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (C) if
such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications in item (2) thereof; 
 (D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an
exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 

(E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, a certificate
substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 

(F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the
Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 
 the
Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the applicable Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the
applicable Private Placement Global Note, and in the case of clause (C) above, the applicable Regulation S Global Note. 

(ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted
Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note
only if: 
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration
Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution
of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuers; 

  
 -44- 

 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in
accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives
the following: 
 (1) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in
the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or 

(2) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the
form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form
reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order
to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this
Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note. 

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted
Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time.
Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes. 

If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraph (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or
(iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuers shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more
Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred. 
 (e)
Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or
exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form
satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to
the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e): 

  
 -45- 

 (i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any
Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following: 

(A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate
substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (B) if
the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904 then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or 

(C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then
the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications required by item (3) thereof, if applicable. 

(ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by
the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if: 

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement
and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange
Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuers; 
 (B) any such transfer is effected
pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (C) any such transfer
is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 

(D) the Registrar receives the following: 

(1) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a
certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or 

(2) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery
thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the
effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein 

  
 -46- 

 
and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may
transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the
instructions from the Holder thereof. 
 (f) Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the
Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuers shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof and an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, the Trustee shall authenticate (i) one
or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal or
through an Agent’s Message through the DTC Automated Tender Offer Program that (x) they are not Broker-Dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in
Rule 144) of the Issuers, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer and (ii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes tendered for acceptance by
Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (x) they are not Broker-Dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144)
of the Issuers, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer. Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the
Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the applicable principal amount. Any Notes that remain outstanding after the
consummation of the Exchange Offer, and Exchange Notes issued in connection with the Exchange Offer, shall be treated as a single class of securities under this Indenture. 

(g) Legends. The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless
specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture: 
 (i) Private Placement Legend. 

(A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in
exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form: 
 “THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN
REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW. BY ITS
ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (B) AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a) UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OR HAS (OR WITH ITS REPRESENTATIVE HAS) SUCH KNOWLEDGE AND EXPERIENCE IN FINANCIAL AND BUSINESS MATTERS THAT IT IS CAPABLE OF 

  
 -47- 

 
EVALUATING THE MERITS AND RISKS OF AN INVESTMENT IN THE NOTES OR (C) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT, (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT WITHIN ONE YEAR AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS SECURITY RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY EXCEPT (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES
TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM
REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE ISSUER SO REQUESTS), OR
(F) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. AS USED HEREIN, THE
TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANING GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.” 

(B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraph (b)(iv), (c)(iii),
(c)(iv), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii), (e)(iii) or (f) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend. 

(ii) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form: 

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF
THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(h) OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL
NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE
MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUERS. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A
NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER 

  
 -48- 

 
NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”) TO THE ISSUERS OR THEIR AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF
CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE
OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.” 

(iii) Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend. The Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the
following form: 
 “THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS
EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).” 
 (h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of
Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note
shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take
delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by
the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in
another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase. 

(i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges. 

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global
Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request. 

(ii) No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note
for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuers may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar

  
 -49- 

 
governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.07, 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.15 and 9.05 hereof). 

(iii) Neither the Registrar nor the Issuers shall be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for
redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 
 (iv) All Global Notes
and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuers, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the
Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 
 (v) The Issuers shall not be
required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the
close of business on the day of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part or (C) to register the
transfer of or to exchange a Note between a Record Date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date. 
 (vi) Prior to due
presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuers may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of
principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuers shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 

(vii) Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Issuers designated pursuant to
Section 4.02 hereof, the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more replacement Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like
aggregate principal amount. 
 (viii) At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized
denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Global Notes or Definitive Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuers shall execute, and
the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, the replacement Global Notes and Definitive Notes which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof. 

(ix) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this
Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile. 
 Section 2.07 Replacement
Notes. 
 If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, the Registrar or the Issuers and the Trustee receives evidence to its
satisfaction of the ownership and destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Issuers shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required
by the Trustee or the Issuers, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the 

  
 -50- 

 
Issuers to protect the Issuers, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuers and the Trustee may charge for
their expenses in replacing a Note. 
 Every replacement Note is a contractual obligation of the Issuers and shall be entitled to all of the
benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 
 Section 2.08 Outstanding
Notes. 
 The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those
delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in
Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because an Issuer or an Affiliate of an Issuer holds the Note. 
 If a
Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser. 

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases
to accrue. 
 If the Paying Agent (other than an Issuer, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or
maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest. 

Section 2.09 Treasury Notes. 

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by
an Issuer, or by any Affiliate of an Issuer, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a
Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to
deliver any such direction, waiver or consent with respect to the Notes and that the pledgee is not an Issuer or any obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of an Issuer or of such other obligor. 

Section 2.10 Temporary Notes. 

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuers may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order,
shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Issuers consider appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.
Without unreasonable delay, the Issuers shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. 

Holders and beneficial holders, as the case may be, of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits accorded to Holders, or
beneficial holders, respectively, of Notes under this Indenture. 

  
 -51- 

 Section 2.11 Cancellation. 

The Issuers at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any
Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee or, at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer,
exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall destroy cancelled Notes (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). Certification of the destruction of all cancelled Notes shall be delivered to the Issuers upon the
written request of the Issuers. The Issuers may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that they have paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. 

Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest. 

If the Issuers default in a payment of interest on the Notes, they shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent
lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee in writing of
the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Issuers shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect
of such defaulted interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such defaulted
interest as provided in this Section 2.12. The Trustee shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided, however, that no such special record date shall be less than ten days prior to the
related payment date for such defaulted interest. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuers of such special record date. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Issuers (or, upon the written request of the Issuers, the Trustee in
the name and at the expense of the Issuers) shall transmit or cause to be transmitted, to each Holder a notice at his or her address as it appears in the Note Register that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of
such interest to be paid. 
 Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.12 and for greater certainty, each Note delivered
under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note. 

Section 2.13 CUSIP and ISIN Numbers. 

The Issuers in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP and/or ISIN numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP and/or
ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in
any notice of redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuers will as promptly as
practicable notify the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP or the ISIN numbers. 

  
 -52- 

 ARTICLE 3 

REDEMPTION 
 Section 3.01
Notices to Trustee. 
 If the Issuers elect to redeem Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, they shall furnish to the Trustee,
at least two Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be delivered or caused to be delivered to Holders pursuant to Section 3.03 hereof but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate setting
forth (i) the paragraph or subparagraph of such Note and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the
redemption price. 
 Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased. 

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, the Notes to be redeemed or purchased will
be selected by lot, pro rata, or by such other method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate and, with respect to any Global Notes, in accordance with applicable procedures of DTC. In the event of partial redemption or purchase by
lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 15 days nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or
purchase. 
 The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuers in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of
any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in an integral multiple of $1,000 (but in a minimum amount of $2,000); no Notes of $2,000
or less can be redeemed in part, except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000 (or a minimum amount of $2,000), shall be
redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. 

Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption. 

Subject to Section 3.09 hereof, the Issuers shall mail or cause to be mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, or delivered by
electronic transmission notices of redemption at least 15 days but (except as set forth in Section 3.07(b) hereof) not more than 60 days prior to the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered
address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, except that redemption notices may be delivered more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 13 hereof. 

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state: 

(a) the redemption date; 

(b) the redemption price; 

(c) if any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the portion of the principal amount of that Note that is to be redeemed and
that, with respect to Notes represented by a Definitive Note, a new Note in a principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note 

  
 -53- 

 
representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed will be issued in the name of the Holder of the Notes upon cancellation of the original Note after the redemption date,
provided, however, that new Notes will only be issued in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000; 

(d) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 

(e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; 

(f) that, unless the Issuers default in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to
accrue on and after the redemption date; 
 (g) the paragraph or subparagraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture
pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; 
 (h) that no representation is made as to the
correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and 
 (i) any condition
to such redemption. 
 At the Issuers’ request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the names of the Issuers’ and
at their expense; provided, however, that the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least two Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed or delivered by electronic transmission
to Holders pursuant to this Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as
provided in the preceding paragraph. 
 Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption. 

Once notice of redemption is mailed or delivered by electronic transmission in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for
redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price (except as provided for in Section 3.07(b) hereof). The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been
given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the
proceedings for the redemption of any other Note. Subject to Section 3.05 hereof, on and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption. 

Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price. 

Prior to 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the redemption or purchase date, the Issuers shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying
Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to
the Issuers any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuers in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased. 

  
 -54- 

 If the Issuers comply with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption
or purchase date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after a Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any
accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption or purchase date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Record Date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase shall not be so paid upon
surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Issuers to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent
lawful on any interest accrued to the redemption or purchase date not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. 

Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part. 

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Issuers shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at
the expense of the Issuers a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed or purchased; provided, however, that each
new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. It is understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, only an Authentication Order and not an Opinion of Counsel or
Officer’s Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate such new Note. 
 Section 3.07 Optional Redemption. 

(a) The Issuers may redeem the Notes at any time, in whole or in part, upon not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice by
first-class mail, postage prepaid, or by electronic transmission with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC with a copy to the
Trustee, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to but excluding the applicable date of
redemption (the “Redemption Date”), subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the
twelve-month period beginning on April 15 of each of the years indicated below: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2015
	  	 	108.0625	% 
	 2016
	  	 	105.3750	% 
	 2017
	  	 	102.6875	% 
	 2018 and thereafter
	  	 	100.0000	% 

 (b) Any notice of redemption, whether in connection with a financing or other corporate transaction, may be
given prior to the completion thereof, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related financing or other transaction.

 (c) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. 

Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption. 

The Issuers shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 

  
 -55- 

 Section 3.09 Offers to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds. 

(a) In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Issuers shall be required to commence an Asset Sale Offer, they shall follow
the procedures specified below. The Issuers may, at their discretion, at any time and from time to time purchase Notes in the open market or otherwise. 

(b) The Asset Sale Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement and no longer, except to the extent
that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Offer Period”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “Purchase Date”), the Issuers shall apply all Excess Proceeds
(the “Offer Amount”) to the purchase of Notes and Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations if required by the terms of the Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all
Notes and Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made. 

(c) If the Purchase Date is on or after a Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest and
Additional Interest, if any, up to but excluding the Purchase Date, shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes
pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. 
 (d) Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuers shall send, by first-class mail or by
electronic transmission, a notice to each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The Asset Sale Offer
shall be made to all Holders and holders of Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations if required by the terms of the Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer shall state: 

(i) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of
time the Asset Sale Offer shall remain open; 
 (ii) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date; 

(iii) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest; 

(iv) that, unless the Issuers default in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer
shall cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date; 
 (v) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an
Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in integral multiples of $1,000 (but in a minimum amount of $2,000); 

(vi) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Note,
with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Issuers, the Depositary, if appointed by the Issuers, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the
notice at least three days before the Purchase Date; 
 (vii) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if
any of the Issuers, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the 

  
 -56- 

 
Offer Period, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such
Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased; 
 (viii) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes
and Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations surrendered by the holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Notes and such Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations to be purchased shall be selected on a pro rata basis (or pursuant to
applicable depositary procedures) based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or such Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations tendered (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate so that only Notes in denominations of
$2,000, or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, and Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations in authorized denominations, shall be purchased); and 

(ix) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the
unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer) representing the same indebtedness to the extent not repurchased. 

(e) On or before the Purchase Date, the Issuers shall, to the extent lawful, (1) accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the
extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof and Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations validly tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and Permitted Additional
Pari Passu Obligations tendered and (2) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof so tendered.

 (f) The Issuers, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an
amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes properly tendered by such holder and accepted by the Issuers for purchase, and the Issuers shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate
and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) such new Note to any such Holder (it being understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, no Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate is required
for the Trustee to authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note) in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not repurchased; provided, however, that
each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuers to the Holder thereof. The Issuers shall publicly announce
the results of the Asset Sale Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Purchase Date. 
 Other than as specifically provided in this
Section 3.09 or Section 4.10 hereof, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the applicable provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. 

ARTICLE 4 
 COVENANTS 

Section 4.01 Payment of Notes. 

The Issuers shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, and interest on the Notes on the
dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than an Issuer or a Subsidiary, holds as of noon Eastern Time
on the due date 

  
 -57- 

 
money deposited by the Issuers in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. 

The Issuers shall pay all Additional Interest, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights
Agreement. 
 The Issuers shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue
principal at the rate equal to the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; they shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and
Additional Interest, if any (without regard to any applicable grace period), at the same rate to the extent lawful. 
 Section 4.02
Maintenance of Office or Agency. 
 The Issuers shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York an office or agency
(which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuers in respect of the
Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuers shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuers shall fail to maintain any such required office
or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. 

The Issuers may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any
or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuers of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the
Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York for such purposes. The Issuers shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 

The Issuers hereby designate the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Issuers in accordance with
Section 2.03 hereof. 
 Section 4.03 Reports and Other Information. 

(a) Notwithstanding that the Company may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or
otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, the Company shall file with the SEC (and make available to the Trustee and Holders
of the Notes (without exhibits), without cost to any Holder, within 15 days after the Company files them with the SEC) from and after the Issue Date, 

(1) within 90 days (or any other time period then in effect under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act with
respect to the filing of a Form 10-K by a non-accelerated filer) after the end of each fiscal year, annual reports on Form 10-K, or any successor or comparable form, containing the information required to be contained therein, or required
in such successor or comparable form; 
 (2) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each
fiscal year, reports on Form 10-Q containing all quarterly information that would be required to be contained in Form 10-Q, or any successor or comparable form; 

  
 -58- 

 (3) promptly from time to time after the occurrence of an event required to be
therein reported, such other reports on Form 8-K, or any successor or comparable form; and 
 (4) any other information,
documents and other reports that the Company would be required to file with the SEC if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act; 

in each case, in a manner that complies in all material respects with the requirements specified in such form; provided, however, that the
Company shall not be so obligated to file such reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filing, in which event the Company shall make available such information to prospective purchasers of Notes, in addition to providing such
information to the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, in each case within 15 days after the time the Company would be required to file such information with the SEC, if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. In addition,
to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, for so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company shall furnish to Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant
to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 
 (b) In the event that any direct or indirect parent company of the Company becomes a
Guarantor of the Notes, the Company may satisfy its obligations under this Section 4.03 with respect to financial information relating to the Company by furnishing financial information relating to such parent company; provided,
however, that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand. 
 (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the requirements of this
Section 4.03 shall be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement (1) by the filing with the SEC of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf
Registration Statement (or any other registration statement), and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act or (2) by posting reports that would be required to be filed
substantially in the form required by the SEC on the Company’s website (or on the website of any of its parent companies) or providing such reports to the Trustee, with financial information that satisfied Regulation S-X of the Securities
Act, subject to exceptions consistent with the presentation of financial information in the Offering Circular, to the extent filed within the times specified above. 

Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate. 

(a) Each Issuer and Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the Trust Indenture Act) shall deliver to the Trustee,
within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year ending after the Issue Date, a certificate from the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer stating that a review of the activities of such Issuer and,
in the case of the Company, its Restricted Subsidiaries, during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officer with a view to determining whether such Issuer has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its
obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge such Issuer has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every condition and covenant contained in
this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults of which he or she may have
knowledge and what action such Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto). 

  
 -59- 

 (b) When any Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, or if the Trustee or
the holder of any other evidence of Indebtedness of the Issuers or any of their respective Subsidiaries gives any notice or takes any other action with respect to a claimed Default, the Issuers shall, within 30 days, upon becoming aware of any
Default, deliver to the Trustee by registered or certified mail or by facsimile transmission an Officer’s Certificate specifying such event and what action the Issuers propose to take with respect thereto. 

Section 4.05 Taxes. 

The Company shall pay, and the Company shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes,
assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate negotiations or proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes. 

Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. 

Each of the Issuers and the Guarantors covenant (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) that they shall not at any time insist upon,
plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and each of
the Issuers and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant that they shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution
of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted. 

Section 4.07 Limitation on Restricted Payments. 

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: 

(I) declare or pay any dividend or make any payment or distribution on account of the Company’s, or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including, without limitation, payable in connection with any merger or consolidation other than: 

(a) dividends or distributions by the Company payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the
Company; or 
 (b) dividends, payments or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend,
payment or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at
least its pro rata share of such dividend, payment or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities; 

(II) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Company, or any direct or
indirect parent of the Company, including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation; 
 (III) make
any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness, other than (a) Indebtedness
permitted under 

  
 -60- 

 
clauses (7) and (8) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” set forth in Section 4.09 hereof (other than, in the event any Default has occurred and is continuing,
Indebtedness owing to any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor) or (b) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment
or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition; or 
 (IV) make any
Restricted Investment 
 (all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (I) through (IV) above (other than any exceptions thereof) being
collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless at the time of such Restricted Payment: 
 (1) no
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; 
 (2) immediately
after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Company could incur $1.00 of Coverage Indebtedness under Section 4.09(a) hereof; and 

(3) such Restricted Payment is made on or after January 1, 2017 and the amount of such Restricted Payment, together with
the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1), (2) (with respect to the payment of dividends on
Refunding Capital Stock pursuant to clause (b) thereof only), (6)(c), (9) and (14) (to the extent not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income) of Section 4.07(b) hereof, but excluding all other Restricted Payments
permitted by Section 4.07(b) hereof), is less than the sum of (without duplication): 
 (a) 50% of the Consolidated Net
Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) beginning September 30, 2007, to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such
Restricted Payment, or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit; plus 

(b) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Company, of
marketable securities or other property received by the Company since immediately after November 20, 2007 (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred
Stock pursuant to clause (12)(a) of Section 4.09(b) hereof) from the issue or sale of: 
 (i) (A) Equity Interests
of the Company, including Treasury Capital Stock, but excluding cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Company, of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of: 

(x) Equity Interests to employees, directors or consultants of the Company, any direct or indirect parent company of the
Company and the Company’s Subsidiaries after November 20, 2007, to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of Section 4.07(b) hereof; and 

  
 -61- 

 (y) Designated Preferred Stock; and 

(B) to the extent such net cash proceeds are actually contributed to the Company as equity (other than Disqualified Stock),
Equity Interests of any of the Company’s direct or indirect parent companies (excluding contributions of the proceeds from the sale of Designated Preferred Stock of any such companies or contributions to the extent such amounts have been
applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of Section 4.07(b) hereof); or 
 (ii) debt
securities of the Company that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of the Company; 
 provided,
however, that this clause (b) shall not include the proceeds from (W) Refunding Capital Stock, (X) Equity Interests or debt securities of the Company sold to a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, (Y) Disqualified
Stock or debt securities that have been converted into Disqualified Stock or (Z) Excluded Contributions; plus 

(c) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Company, of marketable
securities or other property contributed to the capital of the Company (other than as Disqualified Stock) after November 20, 2007 (other than (i) net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness
or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (12)(a) of Section 4.09(b) hereof, (ii) contributions from a Restricted Subsidiary or (iii) any Excluded Contribution); plus 

(d) 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Company, of
marketable securities or other property received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary by means of: 
 (i) the sale or
other disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Company or its Restricted
Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case after November 20, 2007; or 

(ii) the sale (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a
distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than in each case to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7) of Section 4.07(b)
hereof or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) in each case after November 20, 2007; plus 

(e) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary after November 20, 2007, the
fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, as determined by the Company in good faith or if, in the case of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such fair market value exceeds $20.0 million, in writing by an Independent
Financial Advisor, at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary 

  
 -62- 

 
to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7) of Section 4.07(b) hereof or to the extent such
Investment constituted a Permitted Investment. 
 (b) The foregoing provisions of Section 4.07(a) hereof shall not
prohibit: 
 (1) the payment of any dividend or distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the
date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture; 
 (2) (a) the redemption,
repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“Treasury Capital Stock”) or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, in exchange
for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to the extent contributed to the Company (in each
case, other than any Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) (“Refunding Capital Stock”) and (b) if immediately prior to the retirement of Treasury Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was
permitted under clause (6) of this Section 4.07(b), the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise
acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company) in an aggregate amount no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Treasury Capital Stock immediately
prior to such retirement; 
 (3) the Refinancing of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuers or a Guarantor made in exchange
for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Issuers or a Guarantor, as the case may be, which is incurred in compliance with Section 4.09 hereof so long as: 

(a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of
(or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest on, the Subordinated Indebtedness being so Refinanced, plus the amount of any reasonable premium to be paid and any reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with the
issuance of such new Indebtedness; 
 (b) such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the applicable Guarantee at
least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so Refinanced; 
 (c) such new Indebtedness has a final scheduled
maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so Refinanced; and 

(d) such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life
to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so Refinanced; 
 (4) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase,
redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of
the Company, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect 

  
 -63- 

 
parent companies pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, including any Equity Interests in DJO Incorporated
(which for purposes of this sentence, means the entity named DJO Incorporated immediately prior to the consummation of the DJO Acquisition) rolled over by management of the Company in connection with the DJO Acquisition; provided,
however, that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) do not exceed in any calendar year $10.0 million (which shall increase to $20.0 million subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten public Equity
Offering by the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company) (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum (without giving effect to the following proviso) of
$20.0 million in any calendar year (which shall increase to $40.0 million subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering by the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company)); provided
further, however, that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed: 
 (a) the
cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and, to the extent contributed to the Company, Equity Interests of any of the Company’s direct or indirect parent companies, in each case to members
of management, directors or consultants of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Issue Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not
otherwise been and are not thereafter applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof or otherwise; plus 

(b) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue
Date; less 
 (c) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in
clauses (a) and (b) of this clause (4); 
 and provided further, however, that
cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from members of management of the Company, any of the Company’s direct or indirect parent companies or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries in
connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 4.07 or any other provision of this Indenture;

 (5) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries and of Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary issued in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Fixed Charges”; 

(6) (a) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than
Disqualified Stock) issued by the Company after the Issue Date; 
 (b) the declaration and payment of dividends to a direct
or indirect parent company of the Company, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such parent company issued after the
Issue Date, provided, however, that the amount of dividends paid 

  
 -64- 

 
pursuant to this clause (b) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to the Company from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; or 

(c) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends
declarable and payable thereon pursuant to clause (2) of this Section 4.07(b); 
 provided, however, in the case of
each of (a) and (c) of this clause (6), that for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or
the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance or declaration on a pro forma basis, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis would have had
a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00; 
 (7) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate
fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (7) that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not
consist of cash or marketable securities, not to exceed 2.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

 (8) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests
represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants; 
 (9) the declaration and payment of dividends on the
Company’s common stock (or the payments of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company to fund payments of dividends on such company’s common stock), following the consummation of an underwritten public offering of the
Company’s common stock or the common stock of any of its direct or indirect parent companies after the Issue Date, of up to 6% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Company in or from any such public
offering, other than public offerings with respect to the Company’s common stock registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8 and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Contribution; 

(10) Restricted Payments in any amount that do not in the aggregate exceed all Excluded Contributions made since the Issue
Date; 
 (11) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made
pursuant to this clause (11) not to exceed 1.75% of Total Assets at the time made; provided, however, that (i) any such Restricted Payments described in clauses (I) or (II) of Section 4.07(a) hereof shall not be
permitted pursuant to this clause (11) until January 1, 2017; and (ii) any such Restricted Payments described in clause (III) of Section 4.07(a) shall not be permitted pursuant to this clause (11) until January 1,
2016; 
 (12) distributions or payments of Receivables Fees; 

(13) any Restricted Payment made in connection with the DJO Acquisition, and the fees and expenses related thereto, or used to
fund amounts owed to Affiliates (including dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to permit payment by such parent company of such amounts), in each case to the extent permitted by (or, in the case of a

  
 -65- 

 
dividend to fund such payment, to the extent such payment, if made by the Company, would be permitted by) Section 4.12 hereof; 

(14) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness in accordance
with the provisions similar to those described under Sections 4.10 and Section 4.15 hereof; provided, however, that all Notes tendered by Holders in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as
applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value; 
 (15) the declaration and payment of dividends by the
Company to, or the making of loans to, any direct or indirect parent in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent companies to pay, in each case without duplication, 

(a) franchise and excise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses, in each case to the extent required to maintain their
corporate existence; 
 (b) federal, state, foreign and local income taxes, to the extent such income taxes are attributable
to the income of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the extent of the amount actually received from its Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of such Unrestricted
Subsidiaries; provided, however, that in each case the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount that the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries (and, to the extent permitted above, its Unrestricted
Subsidiaries), as applicable, would be required to pay in respect of federal, state, foreign and local income taxes for such fiscal year were the Company, its Restricted Subsidiaries and/or its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described
above) to pay such taxes separately from any such parent entity; 
 (c) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to
officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(d) general corporate operating and overhead costs and expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to the
extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and 

(e) fees and expenses other than to Affiliates of the Company related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering of such
parent entity; 
 (16) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents or were contributed to such Unrestricted Subsidiary in anticipation of such
distribution, dividend or other payment); and 
 (17) Restricted Payments described in clause (III) of
Section 4.07(a) with respect to any Existing Senior Subordinated Notes that remain outstanding after the consummation of the Subordinated Notes Exchange Offer; provided, however, that prior to October 15, 2016, such
Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (17) shall not exceed $15.0 million; 

  
 -66- 

 provided, however, that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment
permitted under clauses (7), (11) and (16) of this Section 4.07(b), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof. 

(c) The Company shall not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the last sentence of the
definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the
Subsidiary so designated shall be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investment.” Such designation shall be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount
would be permitted at such time, whether pursuant to Section 4.07(a) hereof or under clause (7), (10) or (11) of Section 4.07(b) hereof, or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments,” and if such
Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 Section 4.08 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions
Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not
Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to: 

(1) (A) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock
or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or 
 (B) pay any liabilities owed to
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries; or 
 (3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries. 
 (b) The restrictions in Section 4.08(a) hereof shall not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by
reason of: 
 (1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including pursuant to the Credit
Agreements and the related documentation and Hedging Obligations and pursuant to the terms of the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes; 

(2) this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees; 

(3) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the nature
discussed in clause (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof on the property so acquired; 
 (4) applicable law or any
applicable rule, regulation or order; 
 (5) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiaries in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the 

  
 -67- 

 
properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired; 

(6) contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to
an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary; 

(7) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof and Section 4.13 hereof
that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness; 
 (8) restrictions on cash or other
deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (9) other
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.09 hereof; 

(10) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements relating solely to such joint venture; 

(11) customary provisions contained in leases or licenses of intellectual property and other agreements, in each case, entered
into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (12) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in
clauses (1), (2) and (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations
referred to in clauses (1) through (11) of this Section 4.08(b); provided, however, that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in
the good faith judgment of the Company, no more restrictive with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement
or refinancing; and 
 (13) restrictions created in connection with any Receivables Facility that, in the good faith
determination of the Company are necessary or advisable to effect the transactions contemplated under such Receivables Facility. 

Section 4.09 Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock. 

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume,
guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “incur” and collectively, an “incurrence”) with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and
the Company shall not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided, however, that the Company may incur Indebtedness
(including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock, if the
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a consolidated basis for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial 

  
 -68- 

 
statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to
1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may
be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period (any Indebtedness or Capital Stock incurred under this Section 4.09(a) being “Coverage Indebtedness”). 

(b) The provisions of Section 4.09(a) hereof shall not apply to the following (collectively, “Permitted Indebtedness”):

 (1) the incurrence of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the
issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof), up to an aggregate principal amount
of (A) $1,240.0 million plus (B) $20.0 million of Delayed Draw Term Loans (as defined in the Term Loan Credit Agreement) drawn on or prior to December 31, 2015 that are used for acquisitions which are credit neutral or accretive in
the good faith determination of the Company; 
 (2) the incurrence by the Company and any Guarantor of Indebtedness
represented by (a) the Second Lien Notes or additional loans under the Term Loan Credit Agreement in an aggregate principal amount of $1,045.0 million outstanding at any one time and (b) the Notes issued in connection with the Subordinated
Notes Exchange Offer (including any Guarantee) and any Notes (including Guarantees thereof) issued in exchange therefor pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement; 

(3) Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness
described in clauses (1) and (2) of this Section 4.09(b)), including any Existing Senior Subordinated Notes that remain outstanding after the Subordinated Notes Exchange Offer; 

(4) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred by the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment (other than software) that is used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the
Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets, in an aggregate principal amount at the date of such incurrence (including all Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refinance any other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this Section 4.09(b)(4))
not to exceed 4.0% of Total Assets; provided, however, that such Indebtedness exists at the date of such purchase or transaction or is created within 270 days thereafter (it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or
Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (4) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this Section 4.09(b)(4) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of Section 4.09(a) hereof from and after the
first date on which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under Section 4.09(a) hereof without reliance on this Section 4.09(b)(4)); 

(5) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with
respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’
compensation 

  
 -69- 

 
claims; provided, however, that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such
drawing or incurrence; 
 (6) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries providing
for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person
acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of the Company, or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries (Contingent Obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (6)); 

(7) Indebtedness of the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that any such Indebtedness owing
to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not the Co-Issuer or a Guarantor is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; provided further, however, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any
other event which results in the Restricted Subsidiary holding such Indebtedness ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be
deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (7); 
 (8) Indebtedness of
a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that if a Guarantor incurs such Indebtedness to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not the Co-Issuer or a Guarantor, such Indebtedness is
expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of the Notes of such Guarantor; provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Indebtedness being
held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness
not permitted by this clause (8); 
 (9) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Company or
another Restricted Subsidiary, provided, however, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other
subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause (9); 

(10) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting
interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred pursuant to this Section 4.09, exchange rate risk or commodity pricing risk; 

(11) obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees provided by the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 

  
 -70- 

 (12) (a) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company and Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary equal to 200.0% of the net cash proceeds received by the Company since immediately after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company or
cash contributed to the capital of the Company (in each case, other than proceeds of Disqualified Stock or sales of Equity Interests to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) as determined in accordance with clauses (3)(b) and (3)(c) of
Section 4.07(a) hereof to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash have not been applied to make Restricted Payments or to make other Investments, payments or exchanges pursuant to such clauses or pursuant to Section 4.07(b) hereof or to
make Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments specified in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of the definition thereof) and 

(b) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and
Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this Section 4.09(b)(12), does not at any one time outstanding exceed $175.0 million (it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant
to this Section 4.09(b)(12) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this Section 4.09(b)(12) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of Section 4.09(a) hereof from and after the first date on which the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under Section 4.09(a) hereof without reliance on this Section 4.09(b)(12)); 

(13) the incurrence or issuance by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred
Stock which serves to Refinance any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred or issued as permitted under Section 4.09(a) hereof and clauses (2), (3), (4) and (12)(a) of
this Section 4.09(b), this clause (13) and clause (14) of this Section 4.09(b) or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued to so Refinance such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock including
additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to pay premiums (including reasonable tender premiums), defeasance costs and fees in connection therewith (the “Refinancing Indebtedness”) prior to its
respective maturity; provided, however, that such Refinancing Indebtedness: 
 (a) has a Weighted Average Life
to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being Refinanced; 

(b) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness Refinances (i) Indebtedness subordinated or pari passu to the Notes
or any Guarantee thereof, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or the Guarantee at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being Refinanced or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such
Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively; provided further, however, solely for purposes of this subclause (13)(b), the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes will be deemed to be pari
passu with the Notes, and 
 (c) shall not include Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of
the Company that is not a Co-Issuer or a Guarantor that Refinances 

  
 -71- 

 
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company, the Co-Issuer or a Guarantor; 

provided further, however, that subclause (a) of this clause (13) will not apply to any Refinancing of any
Secured Indebtedness; 
 (14) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of (x) the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary incurred to finance an acquisition (or other purchase of assets) or (y) Persons that are acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this
Indenture; provided, however, that after giving effect to such acquisition or merger, either (a) the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of Coverage Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.09(a), or (b) the
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries is greater than immediately prior to such acquisition or merger; 

(15) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument
drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within two Business Days of its incurrence; 

(16) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to the
Credit Facilities, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit; 
 (17) (a) any
guarantee by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this
Indenture, 
 (b) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Company provided, however,
that such guarantee is incurred in accordance with Section 4.16 hereof, or 
 (c) any incurrence by the Co-Issuer of
Indebtedness as a co-issuer of Indebtedness of the Company that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this covenant; 

(18) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company in an amount not to exceed, at any one time outstanding and together
with any other Indebtedness incurred under this clause (18) of Section 4.09(b) hereof, 10.0% of the Total Assets of the Foreign Subsidiaries (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (18) of
Section 4.09(b) hereof shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (18) of Section 4.09(b) hereof but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of Section 4.09(a) hereof from and after the first
date on which the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries could have incurred such Indebtedness under Section 4.09(a) hereof without reliance on this clause (18) of Section 4.09(b) hereof); 

(19) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance
premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business; and 

  
 -72- 

 (20) Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to current or former officers, directors and employees thereof, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or
indirect parent company of the Company to the extent described in clause (4) of Section 4.07(b) hereof. 
 (c) Notwithstanding any
other provision of this Indenture, the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness secured by a Lien on Collateral that Refinances any Indebtedness outstanding on the
Issue Date (but after giving effect to the Subordinated Notes Exchange Offer) unless the Indebtedness being Refinanced was secured by a Lien on Collateral; provided, however, that the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes may be
Refinanced with Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the Collateral so long as the Refinancing of such Existing Senior Subordinated Notes is permitted by Section 4.07 hereof. 

(d) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09: 

(1) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the
criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (20) of Section 4.09(b) hereof or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to
Section 4.09(a) hereof, the Company, in its sole discretion, shall classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and shall only be required to include the amount and type of
such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in one of the above clauses; and 
 (2) at the time of incurrence,
the Company shall be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Sections 4.09(a) and 4.09(b) hereof; provided, however, that all Indebtedness outstanding
under the Credit Agreements on the Issue Date will be treated as incurred on the Issue Date under clause (1) or (2), as applicable, of Section 4.09(b) hereof. 

Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of
interest in the form of additional Indebtedness and the payment of dividends in the form of additional Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, shall in each case not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or
Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09. 
 For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated
restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was
incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided, however, that if such Indebtedness is incurred to Refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such
Refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such Refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to
have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being Refinanced. 

The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to Refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness
being Refinanced, shall be calculated based on the 

  
 -73- 

 currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is
in effect on the date of such Refinancing. 
 This Indenture shall not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to
Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or (2) Senior Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other Senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral. 

Section 4.10 Asset Sales. 

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to consummate an Asset Sale, unless: 

(1) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at
least equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and 

(2) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided, however, that the following shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this Section 4.10 and for no other purpose: 

(A) any Obligations under the Term Loan Credit Agreement, any obligations that are secured by Liens that are pari passu
with the Liens securing the Term Loan Credit Agreement or any Second Lien Obligations that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and for which the Company and all of its Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all creditors
in writing, 
 (B) any securities, notes or other similar obligations received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary
from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale, and 

(C) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an
aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (C) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed 2.5% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated
Non-cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value. 

(b) Within 450 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may
apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale, 
 (1) to permanently reduce or offer to reduce Indebtedness as follows: 

(A) if the assets subject of such Asset Sale constitute Collateral, to permanently reduce Priority Lien Obligations (and to
correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto) or to permanently reduce (or offer to reduce) Obligations under the Notes and under any other Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations on a pro rata basis; provided, however,
that all reductions of Obligations 

  
 -74- 

 under the Notes shall be made as provided under Section 3.07 hereof through open-market
purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders to purchase their Notes at 100% of the
principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest on the amount of the Notes that would otherwise be prepaid; 

(B) if the assets subject of such Asset Sale do not constitute Collateral, to permanently reduce Obligations under Senior
Indebtedness (and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto); provided, however, that the Issuers shall equally and ratably reduce (or offer to reduce, as applicable) Obligations under the Notes (and may elect to
reduce Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations) on a pro rata basis; provided further, however, that all reductions of Obligations under the Notes shall be made as provided under Section 3.07 hereof, through
open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued unpaid interest) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth under Section 3.09 and 4.10(c) hereof) to
all Holders of Notes to purchase their Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of Notes that would otherwise be prepaid; or 

(C) permanently reduce Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, other than Indebtedness owed to the
Company or any Affiliate of the Company, 
 (2) to make (A) an Investment in any one or more businesses;
provided, however, that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of
such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) capital expenditures or (C) acquisitions of other assets, in each of (A), (B) and (C), used or useful in a Similar Business; provided further,
however, that the assets (including Capital Stock) acquired with the Net Proceeds of a disposition of Collateral are pledged as Collateral to the extent required under and in accordance with the Security Documents, or 

(3) to make an Investment in (A) any one or more businesses; provided, however, that such Investment in any
business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted
Subsidiary, (B) properties or (C) acquisitions of other assets that, in each of (A), (B) and (C), replace the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale; provided further,
however, that the assets (including Capital Stock) acquired with the Net Proceeds of a disposition of Collateral are pledged as Collateral to the extent required under and in accordance with the Security Documents; 

provided, however, that, in the case of clauses (2) and (3) above, a binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of
the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment so long as the Company, or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds shall be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of
such commitment (an “Acceptable Commitment”) and, in the event any Acceptable Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before the Net Proceeds are applied in connection therewith, the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary enters into another Acceptable Commitment (a “Second Commitment”) within 

  
 -75- 

 180 days of such cancellation or termination; provided further, however, that if any
Second Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are applied, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds. 

(c) Any Net Proceeds from the Asset Sale that are not invested or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in
Section 4.10(b) hereof will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $20.0 million, the Issuers shall make an offer (an “Asset Sale Offer”) to all Holders
of the Notes and to the holders of any other Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations if required by the terms of Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Notes and Permitted
Additional Pari Passu Obligations that, in the case of the Notes, is an integral multiple of $1,000 (but in minimum amounts of $2,000), and may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price, in the case of the Notes, in cash in an amount
equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, and in the case of any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, at the offer price required by the terms thereof but
not to exceed 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture. The Issuers will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten
Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $20.0 million by delivering the notice required pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee. 

(d) To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, as the case may be, tendered pursuant to
an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuers may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes or Permitted
Additional Pari Passu Obligations, as the case may be, surrendered by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Issuers shall purchase the Notes and such Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, as the case may be, on a pro
rata basis (or pursuant to applicable depositary procedures) based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or such Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, as the case may be, tendered with adjustments as necessary so that no
Notes or Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, as the case may be, will be repurchased in part in an unauthorized denomination. Additionally, the Issuers may, at their option, make an Asset Sale Offer using the proceeds from any Asset Sale at
any time after the consummation of such Asset Sale. Upon consummation or expiration of any Asset Sale Offer, any Net Proceeds not used to purchase Notes or Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations in such Asset Sale Offer shall not be deemed
Excess Proceeds and the Issuers may use any Net Proceeds not required to be used for general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in this Indenture. 

(e) Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this Section 4.10, the holder of such Net Proceeds may apply such Net
Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture. 

(f) The Issuers shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations
thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of
this Indenture, the Issuers shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached their obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof. 

  
 -76- 

 Section 4.11 Limitation on Layering. 

The Company shall not, nor permit the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor, to, directly or indirectly incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired
Indebtedness) secured by any of the Collateral unless: 
 (1) such Indebtedness ranks pari passu with the Indebtedness
incurred as Permitted Indebtedness pursuant to either clause (1), (2)(a) or (2)(b), as the case may be, of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” set forth in Section 4.09(b) and does not provide for any subordination or
turnover provisions in favor of any other Indebtedness of the Company, the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor; provided, however, that any such Indebtedness that ranks pari passu with the Notes must contain the same Payment Restrictions
that are applicable to the Notes so long as any Notes are outstanding; or 
 (2) such Indebtedness ranks junior to the Notes
in priority with respect to the Collateral and the representative of the holders of such Indebtedness has entered into a junior intercreditor agreement with representatives of all priority Indebtedness, including the Notes, in a form acceptable to
those representatives. 
 Section 4.12 Transactions with Affiliates. 

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or
otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any
Affiliate of the Company (each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $12.5 million, unless: 

(1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or its relevant Restricted
Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis; and 

(2) the Company delivers to the Trustee, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions
involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $25.0 million, a resolution adopted by the majority of the board of directors of the Company approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate
certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) of this Section 4.12(a). 
 (b) The provisions of
Section 4.12(a) hereof shall not apply to the following: 
 (1) transactions between or among the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (2) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07 hereof and the definition of
“Permitted Investments”; 
 (3) the payment of management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees and related expenses to the
Investors pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement in an aggregate amount in any fiscal year not to exceed the greater of $7.0 million and 2.0% of EBITDA for such fiscal year (calculated, solely for the purpose of this clause (3), assuming
(a) that such fees and 

  
 -77- 

 
related expenses had not been paid, when calculating Net Income, and (b) without giving effect to clause (h) of the definition of EBITDA) (plus any unpaid management, consulting,
monitoring and advisory fees and related expenses within such amount accrued in any prior year) and the termination fees pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement not to exceed the amount set forth in the Sponsor Management Agreement as in effect
on the Issue Date or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the Sponsor Management Agreement in effect on the Issue Date); 

(4) the payment of reasonable and customary fees paid to, and indemnities provided for the benefit of, former, current or
future officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(5) transactions in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a
letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that such terms are not materially less favorable to the Company or its
relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis; 

(6) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date, or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not
disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date); 

(7) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the
terms of, any stockholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided,
however, that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date
shall only be permitted by this clause (7) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole; 

(8) the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions; 

(9) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the
ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture which are fair to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the board of directors of the Company or the senior management
thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party; 

(10) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company to any Permitted Holder or to any
director, officer, employee or consultant (or their respective estates, investment funds, investment vehicles, spouses or former spouses) of the Company or any direct or indirect parent companies of any of its Subsidiaries; 

(11) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility; 

  
 -78- 

 (12) payments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any of the
Investors made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures which payments are approved
by a majority of the board of directors of the Company in good faith; 
 (13) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to
employees or consultants of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and employment agreements, stock option plans and other similar arrangements with any such employees or consultants
which, in each case, are approved by the Company in good faith; and 
 (14) Investments by the Investors in securities of the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as (i) the Investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (ii) the Investment constitutes less than 5.0% of the proposed or outstanding
issue amount of such class of securities. 
 Section 4.13 Liens. 

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or otherwise
cause or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) on any of its property or assets (including Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary) that secure Obligations under any Indebtedness, whether owned at the Issue Date or thereafter acquired,
other than, in the case of any asset that does not constitute Collateral (including assets previously constituting Collateral that have been released from the Liens securing the Notes and the Guarantees), any Lien on such assets shall be permitted
notwithstanding that it is not a Permitted Lien if all payments due under the Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees are secured on an equal and ratable basis with (or, in the case of any such Indebtedness which is Subordinated Indebtedness, on a
prior basis to) the obligations so secured until such time as such obligations are no longer secured by a Lien on such assets. 
 (b)
Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any asset that does not then constitute Collateral is pledged by the Company, the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor to secure any Priority Lien Obligation, such asset shall also be pledged to secure the
Notes and the Guarantees as required under and in accordance with the Security Documents, and such asset will thereafter be deemed to be part of the Collateral. 

(c) Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes pursuant to (a) or (b) of this Section 4.13 shall be deemed
automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of each of the Liens described in (a) or (b) of this Section 4.13. 

Section 4.14 Corporate Existence. 

Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect
(i) its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or
any such Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such
right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Co-Issuer), if the Company in good faith shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the
conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. 

  
 -79- 

 Section 4.15 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control. 

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuers have previously or concurrently sent a redemption notice with respect to all the
outstanding Notes as described under Section 3.07 hereof, the Issuers shall make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a price in cash (the
“Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes of record
on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. Within 60 days following any Change of Control, the Issuers shall send notice of such Change of Control Offer electronically or by first-class mail, with a
copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC with a copy to the Trustee, with the following information: 

(1) that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.15 and that all Notes properly tendered
pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment by the Issuers; 
 (2) the purchase price and the
purchase date, which will be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is sent (the “Change of Control Payment Date”); 

(3) that any Note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest; 

(4) that unless the Issuers default in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to
the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date; 
 (5) that Holders electing
to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender such Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such Notes completed, to the paying agent specified
in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date; 

(6) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Issuers to purchase such
Notes; provided, however, that the paying agent receives, not later than the close of business on the expiration date of the Change of Control Offer, a telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the
Notes, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased; 

(7) that if the Issuers are repurchasing less than all of the Notes, the Holders of the remaining Notes will be issued new
Notes and such new Notes will be equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered. The unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof; 

(8) the other instructions, as determined by the Issuers, consistent with this Section 4.15, that a Holder must follow;
and 
 (9) if such notice is mailed prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, stating that the Change of Control Offer
is conditional upon the occurrence of such Change of Control. 

  
 -80- 

 The notice, if delivered in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been
given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. If (a) the notice is delivered in a manner herein provided and (b) any Holder fails to receive such notice or a Holder receives such notice but it is defective, such Holder’s
failure to receive such notice or such defect shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the purchase of the Notes as to all other Holders that properly received such notice without defect. The Issuers shall comply with the requirements of
Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the
provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.15 the Issuers shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached their obligations under
this Section 4.15 by virtue thereof. 
 (b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuers shall, to the extent permitted by law,

 (1) accept for payment all Notes issued by them or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control
Offer, 
 (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all
Notes or portions thereof so tendered, and 
 (3) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the
Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to, and purchased by, the Issuers. 

(c) The Issuers shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of
Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.15 applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuers and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn
under such Change of Control Offer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the
Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer. 
 (d) Other than as specifically provided in this
Section 4.15, any purchase pursuant to this Section 4.15 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.02, 3.05 and 3.06 hereof. 

Section 4.16 Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries. 

The Company shall not permit any of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries (and non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries if such
non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries guarantee other capital markets debt securities), other than a Guarantor, the Co-Issuer or a Foreign Subsidiary guaranteeing Indebtedness of another Foreign Subsidiary, to guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness of
the Company, the Co-Issuer or any other Guarantor unless such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit D hereto, providing for a
Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary, except that with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Company, the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor: 

(a) if the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee are subordinated in right of payment to such Indebtedness, the Guarantee
under the supplemental indenture shall be subordinated to such Restricted Subsidiary’s guarantee with respect to such Indebtedness substantially to the same extent as the Notes are subordinated to such Indebtedness; and 

  
 -81- 

 (b) if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment
to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee, any such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is
subordinated to the Notes; and 
 (c) such Restricted Subsidiary waives and shall not in any manner whatsoever claim or take
the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its Guarantee; 

provided, however, if the guarantee giving rise to such Restricted Subsidiary becoming a Guarantor is secured by assets of such Restricted
Subsidiary of the same type as the Collateral then securing the Notes, such Restricted Subsidiary will execute and deliver joinders to the Security Documents (or execute and deliver additional similar Security Documents) to secure its Guarantee with
such assets; provided further, however, that this Section 4.16 shall not be applicable to any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in
connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary. 
 The Company may elect, in its sole discretion, to
cause any Subsidiary that is not otherwise required to be a Guarantor to become a Guarantor, in which case such Subsidiary shall not be required to comply with the 30-day period described in this Section 4.16. 

Section 4.17 Designated Senior Indebtedness. 

The Issuers hereby designate the Notes to be Designated Senior Indebtedness as defined in the indenture governing the Existing Senior
Subordinated Notes. 
 Section 4.18 Limitation on Business Activities of the Co-Issuer. 

The Co-Issuer may not hold any assets, become liable for any obligations or engage in any business activities; provided, however,
that it may be a co-obligor with respect to the Notes or any other Indebtedness issued by the Company, and may engage in any activities directly related thereto or necessary in connection therewith. The Co-Issuer shall be a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary
of the Company at all times. 
 Section 4.19 Covenant Suspension. 

(a) During any Suspension Period, the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to the Suspended Covenants. In addition, the
Guarantees of the Guarantors will be suspended during any Suspension Period. Additionally, upon the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event, the amount of Excess Proceeds from Net Proceeds shall be reset at zero. 

(b) During the Suspension Period, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will be entitled to incur Liens (including Permitted Liens) to
the extent provided for under Section 4.13 hereof and any Permitted Liens which may refer to one or more Suspended Covenants shall be interpreted as though such applicable Suspended Covenant(s) continued to be applicable during the Suspension
Period (but solely for purposes of Section 4.13 hereof and for no other Section in this Article 4). 
 (c) Notwithstanding the
foregoing, in the event of a Reversion Date, no action taken or omitted to be taken by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries prior to such Reversion Date 

  
 -82- 

 
will give rise to a Default or Event of Default under this Indenture; provided, however, that (1) with respect to Restricted Payments made after any such reinstatement, the
amount of Restricted Payments made will be calculated as though the covenant described under Section 4.07 hereof had been in effect prior to, but not during the Suspension Period, provided that any Subsidiaries designated as Unrestricted
Subsidiaries during the Suspension Period shall automatically become Restricted Subsidiaries on the Reversion Date (subject to the Company’s right to subsequently designate them as Unrestricted Subsidiaries in compliance with the covenants set
forth in this Indenture) and (2) all Indebtedness incurred, or Disqualified Stock issued, during the Suspension Period will be classified to have been incurred or issued pursuant to clause (3) of Section 4.09(b) hereof. In addition,
for purposes of clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof all events (including the accrual of Consolidated Net Income) set forth in such clause (3) occurring during a Suspension Period shall be disregarded for purposes of determining the
amount of Restricted Payments the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is permitted to make pursuant to such clause (3). 
 (d) During
any Suspension Period, the Company may not designate any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 
 (e) The Company will give the
Trustee written notice of any suspension of covenants not later than five Business Days after such suspension has occurred. In the absence of such notice, the Trustee shall assume the Suspended Covenants are in full force and effect. The Company
will give the Trustee written notice of any occurrence of a Reversion Date no later than five Business Days after such Reversion Date. After any such notice of the occurrence of a Reversion Date, the Trustee shall assume that the Suspended Covenants
apply and are in full force and effect. 
 Section 4.20 Impairment of Security Interest. 

(a) Subject to 4.20(b) and the terms of the Security Documents, the Issuers shall not, and shall not permit any of their Restricted
Subsidiaries to, take or knowingly or negligently omit to take, any action which action or omission might or would have the result of impairing the security interest with respect to a material portion of the Collateral for the benefit of the Trustee
and the Holders of the Notes (including the priority thereof). The foregoing shall not be deemed to prohibit any action or inaction that is otherwise permitted by this Indenture or the Security Documents. 

(b) At the direction of the Issuers and without the consent of the Holders, the Trustee and the Third Lien Agent shall from time to time enter
into one or more amendments to the Security Documents to: (i) cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency therein (which may include a release of Collateral), (ii) add to the Collateral or (iii) make any other change thereto
that does not adversely affect the Holders, the Trustee or the Third Lien Agent. 
 Section 4.21 After-Acquired Property. 

If an Issuer or a Guarantor acquires property that is not automatically subject to a perfected security interest or Lien under the Security
Documents and such property would be of the type that is required to be pledged as Collateral under the Indenture and the Security Documents, or a Restricted Subsidiary becomes a Guarantor, then such Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be,
will reasonably promptly provide security interests in and Liens on such property (or, in the case of a new Guarantor, all of its assets constituting Collateral under the Indenture and the Security Documents), subject to Permitted Liens, in favor of
the Third Lien Agent for its benefit and the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and deliver certain joinder agreements and certificates in respect thereof as 

  
 -83- 

 required by the Indenture and the Security Documents and take all actions required by the Security Documents to
perfect the Liens created. 
 Section 4.22 Further Assurances. 

The Issuers and the Guarantors shall, at their expense, execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, such further agreements,
documents and instruments, and do or cause to be done such further acts as may be necessary or proper to evidence, perfect, maintain and enforce the security interests and the priority thereof in the Collateral for the benefit of the Holders of the
Notes and the Trustee and the holders of any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, in each case, to the extent required by this Indenture, the Security Documents and the agreements governing the Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations,
and to otherwise effectuate the provisions or purposes of this Indenture and the Security Documents. 
 ARTICLE 5 

SUCCESSORS 
 Section 5.01
Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets. 
 (a) Company. The Company shall not, directly or
indirectly, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the Company’s properties or
assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless: 
 (1) either: (x) the Company is the surviving
corporation; or (y) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation,
partnership (including a limited partnership), trust or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the Company or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia,
or any territory thereof (such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Company”), provided, however, if the surviving Person is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the Notes is a corporation; 

(2) the Successor Company, if other than the Company, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and
the Security Documents, pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and the Registration Rights Agreement if the exchange offer contemplated therein has not been consummated or
if the Issuers continue to have an obligation to file or maintain the effectiveness of a shelf registration statement as provided under such agreement; 

(3) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; 

(4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such
transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, 

(A) the Company or the Successor Company, as applicable, would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Coverage
Indebtedness, or 

  
 -84- 

 (B) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company (or, if applicable, the
Successor Company) and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction; 

(5) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case Section 5.01(c)(1)
hereof shall apply, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the Registration Rights Agreement if the exchange offer contemplated therein has
not been consummated or if the Issuers continue to have an obligation to file or maintain the effectiveness of a shelf registration statement as provided under such agreement; 

(6) the Co-Issuer, unless it is the party to the transactions described above, in which case Section 5.01(e) hereof shall
apply, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that it continues to be a co-obligor of the Notes; 
 (7) the Company
shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture. 

(8) the Successor Company causes such amendments, supplements or other instruments to be executed, delivered, filed and
recorded, as applicable, in such jurisdictions as may be required by applicable law under the Security Documents to preserve and protect the Lien of the Security Documents on the Collateral owned by or transferred to the Successor Company; 

(9) the Collateral owned by or transferred to the Successor Company shall (a) continue to constitute Collateral under this
Indenture and the Security Documents, (b) be subject to the Lien in favor of the Third Lien Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, and (c) not be subject to any Lien other than Liens permitted under this
Indenture; and 
 (10) the property and assets of the Person which is merged or consolidated with or into the Company, to the
extent that they are property or assets of the types which would constitute Collateral under the Security Documents, shall be treated as After-Acquired Property and the Company shall take such action as may be reasonably necessary to cause such
property and assets to be made subject to the Lien of the Security Documents in the manner and to the extent required under the Security Documents. 

(b) The Successor Company shall succeed to, and be substituted for the Company, as the case may be, under this Indenture, the Guarantees and
the Notes, as applicable. Notwithstanding clauses (3) and (4) of Section 5.01(a) hereof, 
 (1) any Restricted
Subsidiary may consolidate with or merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Company, and 
 (2)
the Company may merge with an Affiliate of the Company, as the case may be, solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof so long as the amount of
Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby. 
 (c) Guarantors. Subject to certain
limitations described in this Indenture governing release of a Guarantee, upon the sale, disposition or transfer of a Guarantor, no Guarantor shall, and the Company shall not permit any Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into
(whether or 

  
 -85- 

 
not the Company or Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more
related transactions, to any Person unless: 
 (1) (A) such Guarantor is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or
surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation, partnership, trust or limited liability company
organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such surviving Guarantor or such
Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Person”); 
 (B) the Successor Person, if
other than such Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under this Indenture and the Security Documents and such Guarantor’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in
form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; 
 (C) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default
exists; and 
 (D) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel,
each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture; or 

(E) the Successor Person causes such amendments, supplements or other instruments to be executed, delivered, filed and
recorded, as applicable, in such jurisdictions as may be required by applicable law under the Security Documents to preserve and protect the Lien of the Security Documents on the Collateral owned by or transferred to the Successor Person; 

(F) the Collateral owned by or transferred to the Successor Person shall (a) continue to constitute Collateral under this
Indenture and the Security Documents, (b) be subject to the Lien in favor of the Third Lien Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, and (c) not be subject to any Lien other than Liens permitted under this
Indenture; and 
 (G) the property and assets of the Person which is merged or consolidated with or into the Guarantor, to
the extent that they are property or assets of the types which would constitute Collateral under the Security Documents, shall be treated as After-Acquired Property and the Company shall take such action as may be reasonably necessary to cause such
property and assets to be made subject to the Lien of the Security Documents in the manner and to the extent required under the Security Documents; or 

(2) the transaction is made in compliance with Section 4.10 hereof. 

(d) Subject to certain limitations described in this Indenture, the Successor Person shall succeed to, and be substituted for, such Guarantor
under this Indenture and such Guarantor’s Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantor may (i) merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Company, (ii) merge with an
Affiliate of the Company solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Guarantor in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof or (iii) convert into a corporation, partnership, limited partnership,

  
 -86- 

 
limited liability company or trust organized under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor, in each case without regard to the requirements set forth in
Section 5.01(c) hereof. 
 (e) Co-Issuer. The Co-Issuer shall not, directly or indirectly, consolidate or merge with or into or
wind up into (whether or not the Co-Issuer is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the Co-Issuer’s properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to
any Person unless: 
 (1) (A) concurrently therewith, a corporate Wholly-Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof (which may be the continuing Person as a result of such transaction) expressly assumes all the
obligations of the Co-Issuer under the Notes and the Security Documents, pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, and the Registration Rights Agreement if the exchange
offer contemplated therein has not been consummated or if the Issuers continue to have an obligation to file or maintain the effectiveness of a shelf registration statement as provided under such agreement; or 

(B) after giving effect thereto, at least one obligor on the Notes shall be a corporation organized and validly existing under
the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof; 
 (2) immediately after
such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and 
 (3) the Co-Issuer shall have
delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture, if any, comply with this Indenture. 

Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted. 

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the
assets of the Company, any Guarantor or the Co-Issuer in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company, such Guarantor or the Co-Issuer, as the case may be, is
merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition,
the provisions of this Indenture referring to the Company, such Guarantor or the Co-Issuer, as the case may be, shall refer instead to the successor corporation and not to the Company, such Guarantor or the Co-Issuer, as the case may be), and may
exercise every right and power of the Company, such Guarantor or the Co-Issuer, as the case may be, under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company, such Guarantor or the Co-Issuer, as the case may
be, herein; provided, however, that the predecessor, as the case may be, shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes except in the case of a sale,
assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all of the assets of the Company, such Guarantor or the Co-Issuer, as the case may be, that meets the requirements of Section 5.01 hereof. 

  
 -87- 

 ARTICLE 6 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 

Section 6.01 Events of Default. 

(a) An “Event of Default” wherever used herein, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of
Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body): 

(1) default in payment when due and payable (whether at maturity, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise), of principal of,
or premium, if any, on the Notes (whether or not prohibited by the Payment Restrictions); 
 (2) default for 30 days or more
in the payment when due of interest or Additional Interest, if any, on or with respect to the Notes (whether or not prohibited by the Payment Restrictions); 

(3) failure by the Company, the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor for 60 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or
the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes to comply with any of its obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred to in Sections 6.01(a)(1) and (2) above) contained in this
Indenture or the Notes; 
 (4) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which
there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than Indebtedness owed to the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the issuance of the Notes, if both: 

(a) such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after
giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such
Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; and 
 (b) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with
the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $50.0 million or
more at any one time outstanding; 
 (5) failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (including the Co-Issuer) to
pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $50.0 million, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by
insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed; 

  
 -88- 

 (6) the Company or any Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning
of any Bankruptcy Law: 
 (i) commences proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent; 

(ii) consents to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or
answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under applicable Bankruptcy law; 
 (iii) consents to the appointment of a
receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of it or for all or substantially all of its property; 

(iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or 

(v) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; 

(7) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 

(i) is for relief against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary, in a proceeding in which the Company or any Significant
Subsidiary is to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent; 
 (ii) appoints a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee,
sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary, or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary; or 

(iii) orders the liquidation of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary; 

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; 

(8) the Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect or be declared null
and void or any responsible officer of any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary, as the case may be, denies that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of this
Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture; or 
 (9) unless all of the Collateral has
been released from the Third Priority Liens in accordance with the provisions of the Security Documents, (i) default by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the performance of the Security Documents which adversely affects the
enforceability, validity, perfection or priority of the Third Priority Liens on a material portion of the Collateral granted to the Third Lien Agent for its benefit and the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, (ii) the repudiation in writing by
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of its material obligations under the Security Documents or (iii) the final determination in a judicial proceeding that the Security Documents are unenforceable or invalid against the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary party thereto for any reason with respect to a material portion of the Collateral, in each case of (i), (ii) or (iii), which default, repudiation or determination is not rescinded, stayed, or waived by the Persons having
such authority pursuant to the Security Documents or otherwise cured within 60 days after the Issuers receive written notice thereof specifying such occurrence from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% of the outstanding principal amount of
the Notes and demanding that such default be remedied. 

  
 -89- 

 (b) In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (4) of Section 6.01(a)
hereof, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the Notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or
the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose: 
 (1) the Indebtedness or Guarantee that is the basis for
such Event of Default has been discharged; or 
 (2) Holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or
action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or 
 (3) the Default that is the basis for such Event of
Default has been cured. 
 Section 6.02 Acceleration. 

(a) If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01(a) hereof) occurs and
is continuing under this Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding
Notes to be due and payable immediately. 
 Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal and interest shall be due and payable
immediately. The Trustee shall have no obligation to accelerate the Notes if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines acceleration is not in the best interest of the Holders. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising under clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01(a) hereof,
all outstanding Notes shall be due and payable immediately without further action or notice. 
 The Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all of the Holders rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing
Events of Default (except nonpayment of principal, interest, Additional Interest, if any, or premium that has become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived. 

Section 6.03 Other Remedies. 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if
any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 
 The Trustee may maintain a
proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not
impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law. 

  
 -90- 

 Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults. 

Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the
Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, any Note held by a non-consenting
Holder (including in connection with an Asset Sale Offer or a Change of Control Offer) and rescind any acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences (provided such rescission would not conflict with any judgment of a court of competent
jurisdiction); provided, however, that subject to Section 6.02 hereof, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related
payment default that resulted from such acceleration. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver
shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon. 
 Section 6.05 Control by Majority.

 Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any
proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is
unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability. 
 Section 6.06
Limitation on Suits. 
 Subject to Section 6.07 hereof, no Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture
or the Notes unless: 
 (1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is
continuing; 
 (2) Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue
the remedy; 
 (3) Holders of the Notes have offered the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss,
liability or expense; 
 (4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the
offer of security or indemnity; and 
 (5) Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have not given
the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period. 
 A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to
prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note. 
 Section 6.07
Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment. 
 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a
Note to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an Asset Sale

  
 -91- 

 
Offer or a Change of Control Offer), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such
Holder. 
 Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee. 

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover
judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuers for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and,
to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel. 

Section 6.09 Restoration of Rights and Remedies. 

If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been
discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceedings, the Issuers, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored
severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding has been instituted. 

Section 6.10 Rights and Remedies Cumulative. 

Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.07
hereof, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition
to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of
any other appropriate right or remedy. 
 Section 6.11 Delay or Omission Not Waiver. 

No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall
impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often
as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be. 
 Section 6.12 Trustee May File Proofs of
Claim. 
 The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order
to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the
Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes including the Co-Issuer and the Guarantors), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to participate as a member in any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter
and to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event
that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such 

  
 -92- 

 
payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any
other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under
Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other
properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or
consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in
any such proceeding. 
 Section 6.13 Priorities. 

If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:

 (i) to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all
compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection; 

(ii) to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if
any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, and interest, respectively; and 

(iii) to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct, including the Co-Issuer or a
Guarantor, if applicable. 
 The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this
Section 6.13. 
 Section 6.14 Undertaking for Costs. 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted
by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’
fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.14 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant
to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. 

  
 -93- 

 ARTICLE 7 

TRUSTEE 
 Section 7.01
Duties of Trustee. 
 (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and
powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. 

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 

(i) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need
perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 

(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the
correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are
specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of
mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein). 
 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent
action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (i) this paragraph does not limit
the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01; 
 (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment
made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved in a court of competent jurisdiction that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 

(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a
direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof. 
 (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this
Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01. 
 (e) The
Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of the Notes unless the Holders have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense. 
 (f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money
received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuers. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

  
 -94- 

 Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee. 

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person.
The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make
such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuers, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuers and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any
kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation. 
 (b) In the event of any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals or
restatements to any of the First Lien Documents or any documents evidencing Second Lien Obligations, which amendment, supplement, modification, extension, renewal or restatement affects the rights or obligations of the Holders of the Notes, the
Company shall promptly provide the documentation evidencing such change to the Trustee. 
 (c) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from
acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The
Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it
hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon. 
 (d) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible
for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care. 
 (e) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it
takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 

(f) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from an Issuer shall be sufficient if
signed by an Officer of such Issuer. 
 (g) None of the provisions of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own
funds or otherwise to incur any liability, financial or otherwise, in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or
indemnity satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not assured to it. 
 (h) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of
any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee,
and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture. Delivery of reports to the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.03 hereof shall not constitute knowledge of, or notice of, the Trustee of the information contained therein (the Trustee is
instead entitled to rely on an Officer’s Certificate). 
 (i) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special,
indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action
except that it shall be liable for damages that arise out of the Trustee’s gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. 

  
 -95- 

 (j) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including,
without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, including as Third Lien Agent, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder. 

(k) In the event the Issuers are required to pay Additional Interest, the Issuers will provide written notice to the Trustee of the
Issuers’ obligation to pay Additional Interest no later than 15 days prior to the next Interest Payment Date, which notice shall set forth the amount of the Additional Interest to be paid by the Issuers. The Trustee shall not at any time be
under any duty or responsibility to any Holders to determine whether the Additional Interest is payable and the amount thereof. 
 (l) The
permissive rights of the Trustee, including the right to obtain an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to do things enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as duties. 

(m) The Trustee may request that the Issuers deliver certificates setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of Officers authorized
at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture. 
 Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee. 

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuers or any
Affiliate of the Issuers with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue
as trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof. 

Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer. 

The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall
not be accountable for the Issuers’ use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuers or upon the Issuers’ direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any
money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture
other than its certificate of authentication. 
 Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults. 

If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall deliver to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default
within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default if and so long as a committee
of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes. The Trustee shall not be deemed to know of any Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge
thereof or unless written notice of any event which is such a Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. 

  
 -96- 

 Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes. 

Within 60 days after each May 15, beginning with the May 15 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain
outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) (but if no event described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) has
occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by Trust
Indenture Act Section 313(c). 
 A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes shall be mailed to the
Issuers and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(d). The Issuers shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange. 

Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity. 

The Issuers and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall pay to the Trustee and Third Lien Agent from time to time such compensation for
its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time. The Trustee’s and Third Lien Agent’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express
trust. The Issuers and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall reimburse the Trustee and Third Lien Agent promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for
its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s and Third Lien Agent’s agents and counsel. 

The Issuers and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Trustee and Third Lien Agent for, and hold the Trustee and Third
Lien Agent harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claims, liability or expense (including attorneys’ fees) including taxes (other than taxes based upon, measured by or determined by the income of the Trustee or Third Lien Agent) incurred
by it in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder (including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuers or any of the Guarantors (including this
Section 7.07) or defending itself against any claim whether asserted by any Holder, the Issuers or any Guarantor, or liability in connection with the acceptance, exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder). The Trustee and
Third Lien Agent shall notify the Issuers promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee or Third Lien Agent to so notify the Issuers shall not relieve the Issuers of their obligations hereunder. The Issuers shall
defend the claim and the Trustee and Third Lien Agent may have separate counsel and the Issuers shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel. The Issuers need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred
by the Trustee or Third Lien Agent through the Trustee’s or Third Lien Agent’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith. 

The obligations of the Issuers under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the earlier
resignation or removal of the Trustee or Third Lien Agent. 
 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 4.13 hereof, to
secure the payment obligations of the Issuers and the Guarantors in this Section 7.07, the Trustee and Third Lien Agent shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee and Third Lien Agent, except
that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 

  
 -97- 

 When the Trustee and Third Lien Agent incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of
Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(6) or (7) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any
Bankruptcy Law. 
 The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable. 

Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee and Third Lien Agent. 

A resignation or removal of the Trustee or Third Lien Agent and appointment of a successor Trustee or Third Lien Agent shall become effective
only upon the successor Trustee’s or Third Lien Agent’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08. The Trustee or Third Lien Agent may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by
so notifying the Issuers. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee or Third Lien Agent by so notifying the Trustee or Third Lien Agent and the Issuers in writing. The Issuers may remove the
Trustee or Third Lien Agent if: 
 (a) the Trustee or Third Lien Agent fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof; 

(b) the Trustee or Third Lien Agent is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to
the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law; 
 (c) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or Third Lien Agent or
its property; or 
 (d) the Trustee or Third Lien Agent becomes incapable of acting. 

If the Trustee or Third Lien Agent resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee or Third Lien Agent for any reason,
the Issuers shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee or Third Lien Agent. Within one year after the successor Trustee or Third Lien Agent takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a
successor Trustee or Third Lien Agent to replace the successor Trustee or Third Lien Agent appointed by the Issuers. 
 If a successor
Trustee or Third Lien Agent does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee or Third Lien Agent resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or Third Lien Agent (at the Issuers’ expense), the Issuers or the Holders of at least 10%
in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee or Third Lien Agent. 

If the Trustee or Third Lien Agent, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with
Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee or Third Lien Agent. 

A successor Trustee or Third Lien Agent shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee or Third Lien Agent and
to the Issuers. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee or Third Lien Agent shall become effective, and the successor Trustee or Third Lien Agent shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee or Third Lien Agent
under this Indenture. The successor Trustee or Third Lien Agent shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. 

  
 -98- 

 The retiring Trustee or Third Lien Agent shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee or Third Lien
Agent to the successor Trustee or Third Lien Agent; provided, however, all sums owing to the Trustee or Third Lien Agent hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding
replacement of the Trustee or Third Lien Agent pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuers’ obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee or Third Lien Agent. 

Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. 

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another
corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee. 
 Section 7.10 Eligibility;
Disqualification. 
 There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of
the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of
at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. 
 This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who
satisfies the requirements of Trust Indenture Act Sections 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b). 

Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuers. 

The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in Trust Indenture Act
Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein. 

ARTICLE 8 
 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND
COVENANT DEFEASANCE 
 Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 

The Issuers may, at their option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof applied to all outstanding Notes upon
compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8. 
 Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge. 

Upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuers and the
Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes, Guarantees and Security Documents on the date the
conditions set forth below are satisfied (“Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuers shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which
shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations

  
 -99- 

 
under such Notes and this Indenture including that of the Guarantors (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuers, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same),
except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: 
 (a) the rights
of Holders of Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust created pursuant to this Indenture referred to in Section 8.04 hereof; 

(b) the Issuers’ obligations with respect to Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of such Notes,
mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust; 

(c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee and the Third Lien Agent, and the Issuers’
obligations in connection therewith; and 
 (d) this Section 8.02. 

Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuers may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior
exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof. 
 Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance. 

Upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuers and the
Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15
and 4.16 hereof and clauses (4) and (5) of Section 5.01(a), Sections 5.01(c) and 5.01(d) hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied
(“Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection
with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means
that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuers may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference
elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01
hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03
hereof, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(a)(3), 6.01(a)(4), 6.01(a)(5), 6.01(a)(6), (solely with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries), 6.01(a)(7)
(solely with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries) and 6.01(a)(8) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default. 

Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. 

The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes: 

  
 -100- 

 In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the Notes:

 (1) the Issuers must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in
U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest due on the
Notes on the stated maturity date or on the redemption date, as the case may be, of such principal, premium, if any, or interest on such Notes and the Company must specify whether such Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular
redemption date; 
 (2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of
Counsel confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, 
 (a) the Issuers have received from, or there has
been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or 
 (b) since the issuance of the Notes, there has
been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law, 
 in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel
shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as applicable, as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to
U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 

(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that,
subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same
amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 

(4) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make the deposit required to effect such Legal
Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness, and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit; 

(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under
either Credit Agreement, the Second Lien Notes Indenture or any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which, the Issuers or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuers or any Guarantor is bound (other than that
resulting with respect to any Indebtedness being defeased from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make the deposit required to effect such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to such other
Indebtedness, and the granting of Liens in connection therewith); 
 (6) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an
Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, as of the date of such opinion and subject to customary assumptions and exclusions 

  
 -101- 

 
following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of Section 547 of Title 11 of the United States Code; 

(7) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the
Issuers with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Issuers or any Guarantor or others; and 

(8) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of
Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with. 

Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. 

Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other
qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with
the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including an Issuer or a Guarantor acting as Paying Agent), to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in
respect of principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

The Issuers shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or Government
Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes. 

Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuers from time to time upon the
request of the Issuers any money or Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof
delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(2) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 

Section 8.06 Repayment to Issuers. 

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuers, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium
and Additional Interest, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuers on their request or
(if then held by the Issuers) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look only to the Issuers for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and
all liability of the Issuers as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease. 
 Section 8.07 Reinstatement. 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or
8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise 

  
 -102- 

 
prohibiting such application, then the Issuers’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02
or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Issuers make any payment of
principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuers shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by
the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
 ARTICLE 9 

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 

Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes. 

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 hereof, the Issuers, any Guarantor (with respect to a Guarantee or this Indenture), the Trustee and the Third
Lien Agent may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Security Documents and any Guarantee or Notes without the consent of any Holder: 

(1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency; 

(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; 

(3) to comply with Section 5.01 hereof; 

(4) to provide for the assumption of the Issuers’ or any Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders; 

(5) to make any change or changes that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not
adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder; 
 (6) to release Collateral from any Lien
pursuant to the Indenture and the Security Documents when permitted or required by this Indenture or to add assets to the Collateral to the extent necessary to provide for the granting of a security interest for the benefit of any Person;
provided, however, that the granting of such security interest is not prohibited under Section 4.20 hereof or otherwise under this Indenture; 

(7) to add parties to the Security Documents, including Guarantors, or successors, including successor trustees or other
representatives; 
 (8) to make provision for pledges of any collateral to secure the Notes; 

(9) to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuers or any
Guarantor; 
 (10) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture
under the Trust Indenture Act; 
 (11) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture of a
successor Trustee or a successor Third Lien Agent thereunder pursuant to the requirements thereof; 

  
 -103- 

 (12) to provide for the issuance of exchange notes or private exchange notes,
which are identical to exchange notes except that they are not freely tradeable; 
 (13) to provide for the issuance of
Additional Notes in accordance with this Indenture; 
 (14) to add a Guarantor under this Indenture or to release a Guarantor
in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; 
 (15) to conform the text of this Indenture, Guarantees, the Security
Documents or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of New Notes” section of the Offering Circular to the extent that such provision in such “Description of New Notes” section was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a
provision of this Indenture, Guarantees, the Security Documents or Notes; 
 (16) to make any amendment to the provisions of
this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including, without limitation to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided, however, that (i) compliance with
this Indenture as so amended would not result in the Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer
the Notes; 
 (17) to make any other modifications to the Notes or this Indenture of a formal, minor or technical nature, or
necessary to correct a manifest error, so long as such modification does not adversely affect the rights of any Holders in any material respect; 

(18) to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant any other Lien in favor of the Third Lien Agent for the benefit of the Trustee
on behalf of the Holders of the Notes, as additional security for the payment and performance of all or any portion of the Third Lien Obligations, in any property or assets, including any which are required to be mortgaged, pledged or hypothecated,
or in which a Lien is required to be granted to or for the benefit of the Trustee or the Third Lien Agent pursuant to this Indenture, any of the Security Documents or otherwise; 

(19) to secure any Priority Lien Obligations or any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations under the Security Documents
and to include the same in an Intercreditor Agreement; 
 (20) to enter into any intercreditor arrangements with respect to
Indebtedness secured by junior Liens on the Collateral; or 
 (21) to provide for (i) the succession of any parties to
the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreements (and other amendments that are administrative or ministerial in nature) in connection with an amendment, renewal, extension, substitution, refinancing, restructuring, replacement, supplementing
or other modification from time to time of the Credit Agreements or any other agreement that is not prohibited by this Indenture, or (ii) the succession of the Third Lien Agent as collateral agent under this Indenture, the Intercreditor
Agreements and the Security Documents. 
 Upon the request of the Issuers accompanied by a resolution of their respective boards of
directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Issuers and the Guarantors in the execution of
any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be 

  
 -104- 

 therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture
that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel shall be required in connection with the addition of a Guarantor under this Indenture upon execution and
delivery by such Guarantor and the Trustee of a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit D hereto, and delivery of an Officer’s Certificate. 

Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes. 

Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Issuers, the Trustee and the Third Lien Agent may amend or supplement this Indenture,
the Notes and the Guarantees with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) then outstanding voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in
connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal
of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Guarantees, the Notes or the Security
Documents may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including Additional Notes, if any), other than Notes beneficially owned by the Issuers or their Affiliates, voting as a single
class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes). Section 2.08 hereof and Section 2.09 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding”
for the purposes of this Section 9.02. 
 In addition, except as provided in Section 9.01 and this Section 9.02 hereof, the
Security Documents may be amended or supplemented or otherwise modified in any manner with the consent of the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes and the Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations,
voting as one class. 
 Upon the request of the Issuers accompanied by a resolution of their respective boards of directors authorizing the
execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in
Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Issuers in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under
this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture. 

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed
amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
 After an amendment, supplement or waiver
under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuers shall mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuers to mail such notice, or any defect therein,
shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver. 

  
 -105- 

 Without the consent of each affected Holder of Notes, an amendment or waiver under this
Section 9.02 may not, with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder: 
 (1) reduce the principal amount of
such Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver; 
 (2) reduce the principal of or change the
fixed final maturity of such Note, or alter or waive the provisions with respect to the redemption of such Notes (other than provisions relating to Section 3.09, Section 4.10 and Section 4.15 hereof to the extent that any such
amendment or waiver does not have the effect of reducing the principal of or changing the fixed final maturity of any such Note or altering or waiving the provisions with respect to the redemption of such Notes); 

(3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on such Note; 

(4) waive a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on such Notes, except a rescission of
acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration, or in respect of a covenant or provision contained
in this Indenture or any Guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all affected Holders; 
 (5)
make such Notes payable in money other than U.S. dollars; 
 (6) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating
to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest or Additional Interest, if any, on such Notes; 

(7) make any change in these amendment and waiver provisions; 

(8) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the
due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes or the Guarantees; 

(9) make any change to or modify the ranking of the Notes, including any change in the Payment Restrictions, that would
adversely affect the Holders; or 
 (10) except as expressly permitted by this Indenture, modify the Guarantees of any
Significant Subsidiary, or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in any manner adverse to the Holders of the
Notes or release the Co-Issuer from its obligations under this Indenture. 
 Without the consent of holders of at least 66-2/3% in aggregate
principal amount of the Notes and Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations then outstanding, voting as one class, an amendment, supplement or waiver may not: 

(11) modify any Security Document or the provisions in this Indenture dealing with Security Documents or application of trust
moneys in any manner, taken as a whole, materially adverse to the holders as determined by the Issuers acting in good faith or otherwise release any 

  
 -106- 

 
Collateral other than in accordance with this Indenture, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements; or 

(12) modify the Intercreditor Agreements in any manner adverse to the holders in any material respect other than in accordance
with the terms of this Indenture, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements; provided, however, it is understood that the right of the Issuers to take the foregoing actions with such consent (including the release of all
or substantially all Collateral securing the Notes and the Guarantees, which shall require the consent of each affected holder) shall be deemed a feature of the Notes, and each Holder of Notes by holding the Notes thereby agrees that no such action
should thereby constitute the Notes as a new security. 
 No amendment of, or supplement or waiver to, the Security Documents (other than
the Intercreditor Agreements) shall be permitted to be effected in violation of or inconsistent with the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements without the prior written consent of the applicable Administrative Agent, or the Second Lien Agent, as
applicable. No amendment of, or supplement or waiver to, any Intercreditor Agreement shall be permitted to be effected without the consent of the applicable Administrative Agent, the Second Lien Agent and the Third Lien Agent. 

Each Holder of Notes, by accepting a Note, shall be deemed to have agreed to and accepted the terms and conditions of the Security Documents
and the performance by the Trustee and the Third Lien Agent of their respective obligations and the exercise of their respective rights thereunder and in connection therewith. A copy of the Security Documents shall be made available for inspection
during normal business hours on any Business Day upon prior written request at the offices of the Trustee. 
 Section 9.03
Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. 
 Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in an amended
or supplemental indenture that complies with the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect. 
 Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of
Consents. 
 Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by
the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or
subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. Once an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective
in accordance with its terms and the terms hereof, it thereafter binds every subsequent Holder. 
 The Issuers may, but shall not be
obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement, or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then, notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such
record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such amendment, supplement, or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such
record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date unless the consent of the requisite number of Holders has been obtained. 

  
 -107- 

 Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuers in
exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. 

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 Section 9.06 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc. 

The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not
adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Issuers may not sign an amendment, supplement or waiver until the board of directors approves it. In executing any amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee shall
be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 14.04 hereof, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the
execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuers and any Guarantors party thereto, enforceable
against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel will be required for the Trustee to execute any
amendment or supplement adding a new Guarantor under this Indenture. 
 Section 9.07 Payment for Consent. 

Neither the Issuers nor any Affiliate of the Issuers shall, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way
of interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to all Holders and is paid to all Holders
that so consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement; provided, however, that if such consents, waivers or amendments are sought in connection with
an exchange offer where participation in such exchange offer is limited to Holders who are “qualified institutional buyers,” within the meaning of Rule 144A, or non-U.S. Persons, within the meaning of Regulation S, then such consideration
need only be offered to all Holders to whom the exchange offer is made and be paid to all such Holders that consent, waive or agree to amend in such time frame. 

ARTICLE 10 
 [RESERVED.] 

ARTICLE 11 
 GUARANTEES 

Section 11.01 Guarantee. 

Subject to this Article 11, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note
authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the 

  
 -108- 

 
Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuers hereunder or thereunder, that: (a) the
principal of, premium or interest on, or Additional Interest, if any, in respect of the Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and
interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuers to the Holders, the Trustee or Third Lien Agent hereunder or thereunder (including, but not limited to, all outstanding fees and expenses (including, but not limited
to, attorneys’ fees and expenses of the Trustee and Third Lien Agent)) shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any
Notes or any of such other obligations, that same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of
any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of
collection. 
 The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity
or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuers, any
action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in
the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuers, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuers, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of
the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture. 
 Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including
reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 11.01. 
 If any
Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuers, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuers or the Guarantors, any amount paid either
to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. 
 Each
Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as
between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Guarantee,
notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6
hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Guarantee. The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as
the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Guarantees. 
 Each Guarantee shall remain in full force and
effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuers for liquidation, reorganization, should the Issuers become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be
appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuers’ assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, 

  
 -109- 

 
continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must
otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes or Guarantees, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that
any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

 In case any provision of any Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the
remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
 The Guarantee issued by any Guarantor shall be a general
secured senior obligation of such Guarantor and shall, subject to the Intercreditor Agreements, including the Payment Restrictions, be pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor, if any.

 Each payment to be made by a Guarantor in respect of its Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution
of any kind or nature. 
 Section 11.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability. 

Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of
such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any
Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Guarantor shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount
and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in
respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 11, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law. Each Guarantor that
makes a payment under its Guarantee shall be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under this Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of
such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP. 

Section 11.03 Execution and Delivery. 

To evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01 hereof, each Guarantor hereby agrees that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf
of such Guarantor by an Officer of such Guarantor. 
 Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01 hereof
shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes. 
 If
an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless. 

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth
in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors. 

  
 -110- 

 If required by Section 4.16 hereof, the Company shall cause any newly created or acquired
Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to comply with the provisions of Section 4.16 hereof and this Article 11, to the extent applicable. 

Section 11.04 Subrogation. 

Each Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuers in respect of any amounts paid by any Guarantor
pursuant to the provisions of Section 11.01 hereof; provided, however, that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Guarantor shall be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon,
such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuers under this Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full. 

Section 11.05 Benefits Acknowledged. 

Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture
and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to its Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits. 

Section 11.06 Release of Guarantees. 

A Guarantee by a Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by such Guarantor, the
Issuers or the Trustee is required for the release of such Guarantor’s Guarantee, upon: 
 (1) (A) any sale,
exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor (including any sale, exchange or transfer, after which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary), if such sale, exchange or transfer is made in
compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture; 
 (B) the release or discharge of the guarantee by such
Guarantor of Indebtedness under the Credit Agreements or the release or discharge of the guarantee that resulted in the creation of such Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee; 

(C) the proper designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with
Section 4.07 hereof and the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” in Section 1.01 hereof; or 
 (D) the
Issuers exercising their Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article 8 hereof or the Issuers’ obligations under this Indenture being discharged in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; and 

(2) such Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all
conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with. 

  
 -111- 

 ARTICLE 12 

[RESERVED.] 
 ARTICLE 13 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE 

Section 13.01 Satisfaction and Discharge. 

This Indenture and the Security Documents shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect as to all Notes, when: 

(1) either 

(a) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid
and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or 

(b) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of
a notice of redemption or otherwise, shall become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name,
and at the expense, of the Issuers and the Issuers or any Guarantor have irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government
Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for
principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption; 
 (2) no Default (other than that
resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit or any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) with respect to this Indenture or the Notes
shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under either Credit Agreement, the Second Lien Notes
Indenture or any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuers or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuers or any Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to
make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith); 

(3) the Issuers have paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and 

(4) the Issuers have delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the
Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be. 

  
 -112- 

 In addition, the Issuers must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to
the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied. 
 Notwithstanding the satisfaction and
discharge of this Indenture, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (b) of clause (1) of this Section 13.01, the provisions of Section 13.02 and Section 8.06 hereof shall survive. 

Section 13.02 Application of Trust Money. 

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 13.01 hereof shall be held
in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuers acting as their own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the
Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium and Additional Interest, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent
required by law. 
 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with
Section 13.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuers’ and any Guarantor’s
obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 13.01 hereof; provided, however, that if the Issuers have made any payment of principal of,
premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuers shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government
Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
 ARTICLE 14 

MISCELLANEOUS 

Section 14.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls. 

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by Trust Indenture Act Section 318(c), the
imposed duties shall control. 
 Section 14.02 Notices. 

Any notice or communication by the Issuers, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in person, by
email or mailed by first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), fax or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address: 

If to the Issuers and/or any Guarantor: 

c/o DJO Finance LLC 

1430 Decision Street 

Vista, California 92081 

Attention: General Counsel 

Fax No.: (760) 734-3536 

  
 -113- 

 If to the Trustee and/or the Third Lien Agent: 

The Bank of New York Mellon 
 101
Barclay Street, Floor 7W 
 New York, New York 10286 

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration 

Fax No.: (212) 815-5595 

The Issuers, any Guarantor, the Trustee or the Third Lien Agent, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for
subsequent notices or communications. 
 All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly
given: on the first date on which publication or electronic delivery is made, if by publication or electronic delivery; at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five calendar days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if
mailed by first-class mail; when receipt acknowledged, if faxed; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery; provided, however, that any notice or
communication delivered to the Trustee shall be deemed effective upon actual receipt thereof. 
 Any notice or communication to a Holder
shall be mailed by first-class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be
so mailed to any Person described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c), to the extent required by the Trust Indenture Act. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect
to other Holders. 
 If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given,
whether or not the addressee receives it. 
 If the Issuers mail a notice or communication to Holders, they shall mail a copy to the Trustee
and each Agent at the same time. 
 The Trustee and Third Lien Agent agree to accept and act upon instructions or directions pursuant to
this Indenture sent by unsecured e-mail, pdf, facsimile transmission or other similar unsecured electronic methods, provided, however, that the Trustee and Third Lien Agent shall have received an incumbency certificate listing persons designated to
give such instructions or directions and containing specimen signatures of such designated persons, which such incumbency certificate shall be amended and replaced whenever a person is to be added or deleted from the listing. If the Issuers and
Guarantors elect to give the Trustee and Third Lien Agent e-mail or facsimile instructions (or instructions by a similar electronic method) and the Trustee and Third Lien Agent in its discretion elect to act upon such instructions, the Trustee and
Third Lien Agent’s understanding of such instructions shall be deemed controlling. The Trustee and Third Lien Agent shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee or Third Lien Agent
reliance upon and compliance with such instructions notwithstanding such instructions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction. The Issuers and Guarantors agree to assume all risks arising out of the use of such electronic
methods to submit instructions and directions to the Trustee and Third Lien Agent, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee and Third Lien Agent acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk or interception and misuse by third
parties. 

  
 -114- 

 Section 14.03 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes. 

Holders may communicate pursuant to Trust Indenture Act Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this
Indenture or the Notes. The Issuers, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of Trust Indenture Act Section 312(c). 

Section 14.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 

Upon any request or application by the Issuers or any of the Guarantors to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuers or
such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee: 
 (a) An Officer’s Certificate in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 14.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating
to the proposed action have been satisfied; and 
 (b) An Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 14.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied. 

Section 14.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. 

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate
provided pursuant to Section 4.04 hereof or Trust Indenture Act Section 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Section 314(e) and shall include: 

(a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 

(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions
contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has
made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with (and, in the case of an Opinion of Counsel, may be limited to reliance on an
Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact); and 
 (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such
Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with. 
 Section 14.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents. 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set
reasonable requirements for its functions. 
 Section 14.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and
Stockholders. 
 No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of any Issuer or Guarantor or any of their parent companies
shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors 

  
 -115- 

 under the Notes, the Guarantees, the Security Documents or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect
of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting the Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 

Section 14.08 Governing Law. 

THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND ANY GUARANTEE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 

THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY SUBMIT TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY NEW YORK STATE OR FEDERAL COURT SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN,
CITY OF NEW YORK, OVER ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY WAIVE AND AGREE NOT TO ASSERT, BY WAY OF MOTION, AS A DEFENSE OR
OTHERWISE, ANY CLAIM THAT IT IS NOT SUBJECT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY SUCH COURT, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT AND ANY CLAIM THAT ANY
SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM. 
 Section 14.09 Waiver of Jury
Trial. 
 EACH OF THE ISSUERS, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE
LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. 

Section 14.10 Force Majeure. 

In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture
arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or
acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software or hardware) services. 

Section 14.11 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. 

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries or of any
other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture. 
 Section 14.12
Successors. 
 All agreements of the Issuers in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee
in this Indenture shall bind their successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 11.05 hereof. 

  
 -116- 

 Section 14.13 Severability. 

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability
of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
 Section 14.14 Counterpart Originals. 

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same
agreement. 
 Section 14.15 Table of Contents, Headings, etc. 

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of
reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 

Section 14.16 Qualification of Indenture. 

The Issuers and the Guarantors shall qualify this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act in accordance with the terms and conditions of the
Registration Rights Agreement and shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses for the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee) incurred in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, costs and
expenses of qualification of this Indenture and the Notes and printing this Indenture and the Notes. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive from the Issuers and the Guarantors any such Officer’s Certificates, Opinions of Counsel or other
documentation as it may reasonably request in connection with any such qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act. 

Section 14.17 FATCA. 

In order to comply with applicable tax laws, rules and regulations (inclusive of directives, guidelines and interpretations promulgated by
competent authorities) in effect from time to time (“Applicable Law”) a foreign financial institution, issuer, collateral agent, paying agent, holder or other institution is or has agreed to be subject to related to this Agreement, the
Company and the Guarantors agree (i) to provide to The Bank of New York Mellon sufficient information about holders or other applicable parties and/or transactions (including any modification to the terms of such transactions) so The Bank of
New York Mellon can determine whether it has tax related obligations under Applicable Law, (ii) that The Bank of New York Mellon shall be entitled to make any withholding or deduction from payments under the Agreement to the extent necessary to
comply with Applicable Law for which The Bank of New York Mellon shall not have any liability, and (iii) to hold harmless The Bank of New York Mellon for any losses it may suffer due to the actions it takes to comply with such Applicable Law.
The terms of this section shall survive the termination of this Agreement. 
 ARTICLE 15 

COLLATERAL 
 Section 15.01
Collateral and Security Documents. 
 (a) The due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium (if any), interest and Additional
Interest (if any) on the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether on an 

  
 -117- 

 interest payment date, at maturity, by acceleration, repurchase, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the
overdue principal of and (to the extent permitted by law) interest on the Notes and performance of all other obligations of the Issuers and the Guarantors to the Holders, the Trustee or the Third Lien Agent under this Indenture, the Notes, the
Intercreditor Agreements and the Security Documents, according to the terms hereunder or thereunder, shall be secured by third priority security interests in the Collateral as to which the lenders under the Term Loan Credit Agreement have a first
priority security interest (such Collateral herein called the “Term Loan Collateral”) and by fourth priority security interests in the portion of the Collateral as to which the lenders under the ABL Credit Agreement have a first
priority security interest (such Collateral herein called the “ABL Collateral”) in favor of the Third Lien Agent on behalf of itself, the Trustee and the Holders and as provided in the Security Documents, which define the terms of
the Liens that secure the obligations, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements. 
 (b) Each Holder, by accepting a Note,
(i) irrevocably appoints the Third Lien Agent to act as its agent under the Security Documents and (ii) consents and agrees to the terms of the Security Documents (including the provisions providing for the possession, use, release and
foreclosure of Collateral) and the Intercreditor Agreements as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with their terms and this Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreements, and authorizes and directs the Third
Lien Agent to enter into the Security Documents (including mortgages and deeds of trusts for the Real Property identified in the Security Documents) and the Intercreditor Agreements and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights thereunder
in accordance therewith. 
 (c) The Issuers shall deliver to the Third Lien Agent copies of all documents pursuant to the Security
Documents, and will do or cause to be done all such acts and things as may be reasonably required by this Section 15.01(c), to assure and confirm to the Third Lien Agent the security interest in the Collateral contemplated hereby, by the
Security Documents or any part thereof, as from time to time constituted, so as to render the same available for the security and benefit of this Indenture and of the Notes secured hereby, according to the intent and purposes herein expressed. 

(d) The Issuers shall, and shall cause their respective Subsidiaries to, take any and all actions reasonably required to cause the Security
Documents to create and maintain, as security for the Obligations under this Indenture and the Notes, a valid and enforceable perfected third priority Lien and security interest in and on all of the Term Loan Collateral and a valid and enforceable
perfected fourth priority Lien and security interest in and on all of the ABL Collateral (subject, in each case, to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements), in favor of the Third Lien Agent for its benefit and the benefit of the Trustee and the
Holders. The Issuers shall, and shall cause their respective Subsidiaries, and each Subsidiary shall, make all filings (including filings of continuation statements and amendments to financing statements that may be necessary to continue the
effectiveness of such financing statements) or recordings and take all other actions as are necessary or required by the Security Documents to maintain (at the sole cost and expense of the Issuers and their respective Subsidiaries) the third
priority security interest created by the Security Documents in the Term Loan Collateral and the fourth priority security interest created by the Security Documents in the ABL Collateral (in each case, other than with respect to any Collateral the
security interest in which is not required to be perfected under the Security Documents) as a perfected third priority security interest in the Term Loan Collateral and as a perfected fourth priority security interest in the ABL Collateral, subject
only, in each case, to Permitted Liens. 
 Section 15.02 Release of Collateral. 

(a) The Liens securing the Guarantee of any Guarantor will be automatically released when such Guarantor’s Guarantee is released in
accordance with the terms of this Indenture. In 

  
 -118- 

 addition, the Liens on the Collateral under the Security Documents securing the Obligations under the Notes and
this Indenture will be released, subject to this Section 15.02, 
 (i) in whole, upon a Legal Defeasance or a Covenant
Defeasance of the Notes as set forth in Section 8.02 and Section 8.03; 
 (ii) in whole, upon satisfaction and
discharge of this Indenture; 
 (iii) in whole, upon payment in full of principal, interest and all other Obligations on the
Notes and under this Indenture; 
 (iv) in whole or in part, with the consent of the requisite Holders of the Notes in
accordance with the provisions under Section 9.02 hereof, including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, Notes; and 

(v) in part, as to any asset constituting Collateral 

(A) that is sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by the Issuers or any of the Guarantors (other than to the Issuers or
another Guarantor) in a transaction permitted by this Indenture (to the extent of the interest sold or disposed of); 
 (B)
if all other Liens on that asset securing the Priority Lien Obligations and Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations then secured by that asset (including all commitments thereunder) are released or will be released simultaneously therewith
unless such release occurs in connection with a discharge in full in cash of the Priority Lien Obligations, which discharge is not in connection with a foreclosure of, or other exercise of remedies with respect to, Collateral by the Priority Secured
Parties (such discharge not in connection with any such foreclosure or exercise of remedies, a “Payment Discharge”); provided, however, that, in the case of a Payment Discharge, the lien on any non-receivables collateral disposed of in satisfaction in whole or in part of Priority Lien Obligations shall be automatically released but any proceeds thereof not used for purposes of the discharge of Priority
Lien Obligations in full in cash or otherwise in accordance with this Indenture shall be subject to a Lien in favor of the Third Lien Agent; 

(C) that is cash or Net Proceeds used for any one or more purposes permitted under Section 4.10 hereof; 

(D) to the extent such Collateral is comprised of property leased to a Grantor, upon termination or expiration of such lease;
or 
 (E) that is otherwise released in accordance with this Indenture or the Security Documents. 

(b) In no event shall any purchaser in good faith of any property purported to be released hereunder be bound to ascertain the authority of
the Third Lien Agent or the Trustee to execute the release or to inquire as to the satisfaction of any conditions required by the provisions hereof for the exercise of such authority or to see to the application of any consideration given by such
purchaser or other transferee; nor shall any purchaser or other transferee of any property or rights permitted by this Article 15 to be sold be under any obligation to ascertain or inquire into the authority of the Issuers or the applicable
Guarantor to make any such sale or other transfer. 

  
 -119- 

 (c) Any release of any Lien on the Collateral under the Security Documents securing the
Obligations under the Notes and this Indenture under this Section 15.02 will occur automatically as provided in Section 15.02(a)(v) hereof and, upon receipt of an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel that all conditions
precedent to such release have been satisfied, the Third Lien Agent shall promptly deliver such appropriate instruments acknowledging such release as the Issuers or Guarantor may request. Upon receipt of an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion
of Counsel that all conditions precedent to such release have been satisfied, the Third Lien Agent shall also release the Liens on the Collateral under the Security Documents securing the Obligations under the Notes and this Indenture as provided in
the other subparts of Section 15.02(a) hereof. 
 (d) To the extent required under the mandatory provisions of the Trust Indenture Act,
the Issuers will comply with the provisions of Section 314(b) and 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act, in each case following qualification of this Indenture pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act. Any certificate or opinion required by
Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act may be delivered by an officer of either Issuer except in cases where Section 314(d) requires that such certificate or opinion be made by an independent engineer, appraiser or other expert, who
shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Issuers and the Guarantors will not be required to comply with all or any portion of Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act if they
determine, in good faith based on advice of counsel (which may be internal counsel), that under the terms of such section or any interpretation or guidance as to the meaning thereof of the SEC and its staff, including “no action” letters
or exemptive orders, all or any portion of Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act is inapplicable to the released Collateral and the Issuer delivers an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee and Third Lien Agent certifying to such effect.

 Section 15.03 Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Security Documents. 

Subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements, the Trustee is authorized to receive any funds for the benefit of the Holders
distributed under the Security Documents, and to make further distributions of such funds to the Holders according to the provisions of this Indenture and the Security Documents. 

Section 15.04 Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Third Lien Agent. 

In case the Collateral shall be in the possession of a receiver or trustee, lawfully appointed, the powers conferred in this Article 15
upon the Issuers or a Guarantor with respect to the release, sale or other disposition of such property may be exercised by such receiver or trustee, and an instrument signed by such receiver or trustee shall be deemed the equivalent of any similar
instrument of the Issuers or Guarantor or of any officer or officers thereof required by the provisions of this Article 15; and if the Collateral shall be in the possession of the Third Lien Agent under any provision of this Indenture, then
such powers may be exercised by the Third Lien Agent. 
 Section 15.05 Third Lien Agent. 

(a) The Bank of New York Mellon shall be the Third Lien Agent under the Security Documents. The Third Lien Agent shall be under no obligation
to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Security Documents at the request of any Holder of the Notes unless such Holder shall have offered to the Third Lien Agent security and indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss,
liability or expense. 

  
 -120- 

 (b) Each of the Trustee and each of the Holders by acceptance of the Notes hereby irrevocably
designates and appoints the Third Lien Agent to act as its agent under this Indenture, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements and each of the Trustee and each of the Holders by acceptance of the Notes hereby irrevocably authorizes
the Third Lien Agent to perform the duties and exercise the rights, powers and discretions that are specifically given to it under the Security Documents or other documents to which it is a party, together with any other incidental rights, powers
and discretions and execute each document to be executed by the Third Lien Agent on its behalf. The Third Lien Agent agrees to act as such on the express conditions contained in this Section 15.05. 

(c) The Third Lien Agent is each Holder’s agent for the purpose of perfecting the Holders’ security interest in assets which, in
accordance with Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code can be perfected only by possession. 
 (d) In the event of any amendments,
supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals or restatements to any of the First Lien Documents, the Company shall promptly provide the documentation evidencing such change to the Third Lien Agent. 

(e) In acting hereunder and under the Security Documents, the Holders, the Issuers and the Guarantors agree that the Third Lien Agent shall be
entitled to the rights, privileges, protections, immunities, indemnities and benefits provided to the Trustee hereunder as if such were provided to the Third Lien Agent. Furthermore, each Holder of a Note, by accepting such Note, appoints The Bank
of New York Mellon as its third lien collateral agent, and consents to the terms of and authorizes and directs the Trustee (in each of its capacities) and the Third Lien Agent to enter into and perform the Security Documents in each of its
capacities thereunder. 
 (f) The Third Lien Agent shall not be responsible for (i) perfecting, maintaining, monitoring, preserving or
protecting the security interest or lien granted under this Agreement, any other Security Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, (ii) the filing, re-filing, recording, re-recording or continuing or any document,
financing statement, mortgage, assignment, notice, instrument of further assurance or other instrument in any public office at any time or times or (iii) providing, maintaining, monitoring or preserving insurance on or the payment of taxes with
respect to any of the Collateral. The actions described in items (i) through (iii) shall be the sole responsibility of the Issuers. 

(g) The Third Lien Agent shall not be required to qualify in any jurisdiction in which it is not presently qualified to perform its
obligations as Third Lien Agent. 
 (h) Beyond the exercise of reasonable care in the custody of the Collateral in its possession, the Third
Lien Agent will have no duty as to any Collateral in its possession or control or in the possession or control of any agent or bailee or any income thereon or as to preservation of rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining thereto.
The Third Lien Agent will be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody of the Collateral in its possession if the Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which it accords its own property, and the Third Lien Agent
will not be liable or responsible for any loss or diminution in the value of any of the Collateral by reason of the act or omission of any carrier, forwarding agency or other agent or bailee selected by such Third Lien Agent in good faith. 

(i) The Third Lien Agent will not be responsible for the existence, genuineness or value of any of the Collateral or for the validity,
perfection, priority or enforceability of the Liens in any of the Collateral, whether impaired by operation of law or by reason of any action or omission to act on 

  
 -121- 

 
its part hereunder, except to the extent such action or omission constitutes gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of such Third Lien Agent, as determined by a court of competent
jurisdiction in a final, nonappealable order, for the validity or sufficiency of the Collateral or any agreement or assignment contained therein, for the validity of the title of any grantor to the Collateral, for insuring the Collateral or for the
payment of taxes, charges, assessments or Liens upon the Collateral or otherwise as to the maintenance of the Collateral. The Third Lien Agent hereby disclaims any representation or warranty to the present and future holders of the Obligations
concerning the perfection of the Liens granted hereunder or in the value of any of the Collateral. 
 In the event that the Third Lien Agent
is required to acquire title to an asset for any reason, or take any managerial action of any kind in regard thereto, in order to carry out any fiduciary or trust obligation for the benefit of another, which in such Third Lien Agent’s sole
discretion may cause such Third Lien Agent to be considered an “owner or operator” under any environmental laws or otherwise cause such Third Lien Agent to incur, or be exposed to, any environmental liability or any liability under any
other federal, state or local law, such Third Lien Agent reserves the right, instead of taking such action, either to resign as Third Lien Agent or to arrange for the transfer of the title or control of the asset to a court appointed receiver. The
Third Lien Agent will not be liable to any person for any environmental liability or any environmental claims or contribution actions under any federal, state or local law, rule or regulation by reason of such Third Lien Agent’s actions and
conduct as authorized, empowered and directed hereunder or relating to any kind of discharge or release or threatened discharge or release of any hazardous materials into the environment. 

Section 15.06 Intercreditor Agreements and other Security Documents. 

(a) Each of the Trustee and the Third Lien Agent is hereby directed and authorized to execute and deliver the Intercreditor Agreements or any
other Security Documents in which it is named as a party. It is hereby expressly acknowledged and agreed that, in doing so, the Trustee and the Third Lien Agent are not responsible for the terms or contents of such agreements, or for the validity or
enforceability thereof, or the sufficiency thereof for any purpose. Whether or not so expressly stated therein, in acting hereunder, in entering into, or taking (or forbearing from) any action under pursuant to, the Intercreditor Agreements or any
Security Document, the Holders, the Issuers and the Guarantors agree that the Trustee and the Third Lien Agent each shall have all of the rights, immunities, indemnities and other protections granted to it under this Indenture (in addition to those
that may be granted to it under the terms of such other agreement or agreements). In the event that any of the provisions within this Indenture is deemed to conflict with the Intercreditor Agreements, the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements
shall control. 
 (b) If Indebtedness is incurred under Section 4.09 hereof that is, and is permitted to be pursuant to this Indenture,
secured on a senior priority basis by any asset constituting Collateral and the Notes and the Guarantees are secured by any such asset, then, at the request of the Issuers, the Third Lien Agent and the representative of the Holders of such
Indebtedness will become party to one or more intercreditor agreements with terms substantially similar to each applicable Intercreditor Agreement (or an amendment or supplement to such Intercreditor Agreement). 

(c) If Indebtedness is incurred under Section 4.09 hereof that is, and is permitted to be pursuant to this Indenture, secured on a pari
passu basis by any asset constituting Collateral and the Notes and the Guarantees are secured by any such asset, then the Third Lien Agent, at the request of the Issuers, will enter into an intercreditor agreement with customary terms and provisions
(which shall be reasonably acceptable to the Third Lien Agent), or an amendment or supplement to each applicable 

  
 -122- 

 
Intercreditor Agreement, with the representative of holders of such Indebtedness and such Administrative Agent or Second Lien Agent. 

(d) If Indebtedness is incurred under Section 4.09 hereof that is, and is permitted to be pursuant to this Indenture, secured on a junior
priority basis by any asset constituting Collateral and the Notes and the Guarantees are secured by any such asset, then the Third Lien Agent, at the request of the Issuers, will enter into an intercreditor agreement, with customary terms and
provisions (which shall be reasonably acceptable to the Third Lien Agent), or an amendment or supplement to each applicable Intercreditor Agreement, with the representative of the holders of such Indebtedness and the applicable Administrative Agent
or Second Lien Agent. 
 [Signatures on following page] 

  
 -123- 

			
	DJO FINANCE LLC
		
	By:		/s/ Susan M. Crawford
	Name:		Susan M. Crawford
	Title:		Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
	
	DJO FINANCE CORPORATION
		
	By:		/s/ Susan M. Crawford
	Name:		Susan M. Crawford
	Title:		Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
	
	 DJO, LLC
 DJO CONSUMER, LLC

EMPI, INC.
 ELASTIC THERAPY, LLC

ENCORE MEDICAL ASSET CORPORATION
 ENCORE MEDICAL GP, LLC

ENCORE MEDICAL PARTNERS, LLC
 RIKCO INTERNATIONAL,
LLC

		
	By:		/s/ Susan M. Crawford
	Name:		Susan M. Crawford
	Title:		Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

  
 Signature Page to Third
Lien Notes Indenture 

			
	ENCORE MEDICAL, L.P.
	By: Encore Medical GP, LLC, its general partner
		
	By:		/s/ Susan M. Crawford
	Name:		Susan M. Crawford
	Title:		Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

  
 Signature Page to Third
Lien Notes Indenture 

			
	 THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as

Trustee and Third Lien Agent

		
	By:		/s/ Francine Kincaid
	Name:		Francine Kincaid
	Title:		Vice President

  
 Signature Page to Third
Lien Notes Indenture 

 EXHIBIT A 

[Face of Note] 
 [Insert the
Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] 
 [Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable
pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] 
 [Insert the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the
provisions of the Indenture] 
 Reference is made to the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of May 7, 2015, among Macquarie US Trading LLC,
as First Lien Agent, The Bank of New York Mellon, as Second Lien Agent, The Bank of New York Mellon, as Third Lien Agent, and DJO Finance LLC and certain of its affiliates (the “TL-Notes Intercreditor Agreement”) and the ABL
Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of May 7, 2015, among Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as ABL Administrative Agent and as ABL Collateral Agent, Macquarie US Trading LLC, as First Lien Term Loan Agent, The Bank of New York Mellon, as
Second Lien Agent, The Bank of New York Mellon, as Third Lien Notes Agent, and DJO Finance LLC and certain of its affiliates (the “ABL/TL-Notes Intercreditor Agreement” and, together with the TL-Notes Intercreditor Agreement, the
“Intercreditor Agreements”). Each Holder, by its acceptance of a Note, (a) consents to the subordination of Liens provided for in the Intercreditor Agreements, (b) agrees that it will be bound by, and will take no actions
contrary to, the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements and (c) authorizes and instructs the Third Lien Agent on behalf of each Holder to enter into the Intercreditor Agreements as Third Lien Agent on behalf of such Holder. The foregoing
provisions are intended as an inducement to the lenders under the Credit Agreements to extend credit to the Company and the Guarantors and such lenders are intended third party beneficiaries of such provisions and the provisions of the Intercreditor
Agreements. 
 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the lien and security interest granted to the Third Lien Agent pursuant to the Security
Documents and the exercise of any right or remedy by the Third Lien Agent hereunder are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements and this Indenture, the
terms of the Intercreditor Agreements shall govern. 

  
 A-1 

			
	CUSIP [    ][    ]		ISIN [    ][    ]

 [PRIVATE PLACEMENT][REGULATION S] GLOBAL NOTE 

10.75% Third Lien Notes due 2020 

			
	No.     		[$            ]

 DJO FINANCE LLC 

DJO FINANCE CORPORATION 
 promises to pay to
[    ] or registered assigns, the principal sum [of $         United States Dollars] [as revised by the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note attached hereto,] on
April 15, 2020. 
 Interest Payment Dates: April 15 and October 15 

Record Dates: April 1 and October 1 

  
 A-2 

 IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Issuers have caused this instrument to be duly executed. 

Dated:                      

 

			
	DJO FINANCE LLC
		
	By:		  

	Name:		
	Title:		
	
	DJO FINANCE CORPORATION
		
	By:		  

	Name:		
	Title:		

  
 A-3 

 This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture: 

Dated:                      

 

			
	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as Trustee
		
	By:		  

			Authorized Signatory

  
 A-4 

 [Back of Note] 

10.75% Third Lien Notes due 2020 

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated. 

1. INTEREST. DJO Finance LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and DJO Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation, jointly and severally
promise to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 10.75% per annum from May 7, 2015 until maturity and shall pay the Additional Interest, if any, payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The
Issuers will pay interest and Additional Interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment
Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from May 7, 2015; provided, however, that the first Interest Payment Date shall be
October 15, 2015. The Issuers will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Notes; it shall pay
interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest, if any, (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the interest
rate on the Notes. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. 
 2. METHOD OF PAYMENT. The
Issuers will pay interest on the Notes and Additional Interest, if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on April 1 or October 1 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding
the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are cancelled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Payment of interest and
Additional Interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided, however, that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with
respect to principal of and interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuers or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in
such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. 

3. PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, The Bank of New York Mellon, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and
Registrar. The Issuers may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity. 

4. INDENTURE. The Issuers issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of May 7, 2015 (the “Indenture”), among DJO
Finance LLC, DJO Finance Corporation, the Guarantors named therein, the Trustee and the Third Lien Agent. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the Issuers, designated as 10.75% Third Lien Notes due 2020. The Issuers shall be
entitled to issue Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.01 and Section 4.09 of the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of
1939, as amended (the “Trust Indenture Act”). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any

  
 A-5 

 
provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 

5. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION. 
 (a) The
Issuers may redeem the Notes at any time, in whole or in part, upon not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice by first-class mail, postage prepaid, or by electronic transmission with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder at the
address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC with a copy to the Trustee, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) set forth
below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to but excluding the applicable date of redemption (the “Redemption Date”), subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to
receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on April 15 of each of the years indicated below: 

 

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2015
	  	 	108.0625	% 
	 2016
	  	 	105.3750	% 
	 2017
	  	 	102.6875	% 
	 2018 and thereafter
	  	 	100.0000	% 

 (b) Any notice of redemption, whether in connection with a financing or other corporate transaction, may be
given prior to the completion thereof, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related financing or other transaction.

 (c) Any redemption pursuant to this paragraph 5 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 of the
Indenture. 
 6. MANDATORY REDEMPTION. The Issuers shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect
to the Notes. 
 7. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Subject to Section 3.03 of the Indenture, notice of redemption will be mailed electronically
or by first-class mail at least 15 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date (except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or
Article 13 of the Indenture) to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a
Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption. 

8. OFFERS TO REPURCHASE. 
 (a)
Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Issuers shall make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 thereof) of each Holder’s
Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest thereon, if any, to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”), subject to the
right of the Holders of the Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. The Change of Control Offer shall be made in accordance with Section 4.15 of the Indenture. 

  
 A-6 

 (b) If the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consummates an Asset Sale, within ten
Business Days of each date that Excess Proceeds exceed $20.0 million, the Issuers shall commence an offer (an “Asset Sale Offer”) to all Holders of the Notes and to the holders of any other Permitted Additional Pari Passu
Obligations if required by the terms of Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Notes and Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations that, in the case of the Notes, is an integral
multiple of $1,000 (but in minimum amounts of $2,000), and may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price, in the case of the Notes, in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest
to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, and in the case of any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, at the offer price required by the terms thereof but not to exceed 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, as the case may be, tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less
than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuers may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes or Permitted Additional Pari Passu
Obligations, as the case may be, surrendered by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Issuers shall purchase the Notes and such Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, as the case may be, on a pro rata basis (or
pursuant to applicable depositary procedures) based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or such Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, as the case may be, tendered with adjustments as necessary so that no Notes or Permitted
Additional Pari Passu Obligations, as the case may be, will be repurchased in part in an unauthorized denomination. Additionally, the Issuers may, at their option, make an Asset Sale Offer using the proceeds from any Asset Sale at any time after the
consummation of such Asset Sale. Upon consummation or expiration of any Asset Sale Offer, any Net Proceeds not used to purchase Notes or Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations in such Asset Sale Offer shall not be deemed Excess Proceeds and the
Issuers may use any Net Proceeds not required to be used for general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in the Indenture. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the
Issuers prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes. 

9. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of
$1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer
documents and the Issuers may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuers need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the
unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Issuers need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed. 

10. SECURITY AGREEMENTS; INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENTS. Each Holder, by accepting this Note, shall be deemed to have agreed to and accepted the
terms and conditions of the Security Documents and the performance by the Trustee and the Third Lien Agent of their respective obligations and the exercise of their respective rights thereunder and in connection therewith. The Notes and Guarantees
are junior in right of payment to Designated Priority Indebtedness of the Issuers on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreements. To the extent provided in the TL-Notes Intercreditor Agreement,
Designated Priority Indebtedness must be paid before the Notes may be paid. 

  
 A-7 

 11. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all
purposes. 
 12. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in
the Indenture. 
 13. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. The Events of Default relating to the Notes are defined in Section 6.01 of the Indenture.
If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then
outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without
further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may
direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default (except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, or
interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes
waive any existing Default and its consequences under the Indenture, except a continuing Default in payment of the principal of, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, any of the Notes held by a non-consenting Holder and
rescind any acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences (provided such rescission would not conflict with any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction). The Issuers and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so
required under the Trust Indenture Act) are required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuers are required within five Business Days after becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to
the Trustee a statement specifying such Default and what action the Issuers propose to take with respect thereto. 
 14. GUARANTEES. The
Issuers’ obligations under the Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by the Guarantors, subject to the terms of the Indenture. 

15. AUTHENTICATION. This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until
authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. 
 16. ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES AND RESTRICTED
DEFINITIVE NOTES. In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of
May 7, 2015, among DJO Finance LLC, DJO Finance Corporation, the Guarantors named therein and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), including the right to receive
Additional Interest (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement). 
 17. GOVERNING LAW. THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN
AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES. 
 18. CUSIP AND ISIN NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated
by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuers have caused CUSIP and ISIN 

  
 A-8 

 
numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP and ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such
numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 

The Issuers will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights
Agreement. Requests may be made to the Issuers at the following address: 
 c/o DJO Finance LLC 

1430 Decision Street 
 Vista,
California 92081 
 Facsimile: (760) 734-3536 

Attention: General Counsel 

  
 A-9 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
  

			
	(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:		  

			(Insert assignee’ legal name)
	
	  

	(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
	  

	  

	  

	  

	(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

			
	and irrevocably appoint		  

			
	to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuers. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 Date:
                     
  

			
	Your Signature:		  

			(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

  

			
	Signature Guarantee*:		  

  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  
 A-10 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture, check the appropriate
box below: 
  

			
	 ̈  Section 4.10		 ̈  Section 4.15

 If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.10 or
Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: 

$             

Date:                      

 

			
	Your Signature:		  

			(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 
			
		
	Tax Identification No.:		
                 

  

			
	 Signature Guarantee*:
		  

  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  
 A-11 

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE* 

The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $            . The
following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made: 

 

									
	 Date of

Exchange
	 	 Amount of

decrease
 in Principal

Amount
	 	 Amount of increase

in Principal
 Amount of this

Global Note
	 	 Principal Amount of

this Global Note
 following such

decrease or increase
	 	 Signature of

authorized officer
 of Trustee or

Custodian

		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 	

  

	*	This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form. 

  
 A-12 

 EXHIBIT B 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 
 [DJO Finance
LLC/ DJO Finance Corporation] 
 1430 Decision Street 
 Vista,
California, 92081 
 Attention: General Counsel 
 Fax No.:
(760) 734-3536 
 The Bank of New York Mellon 
 101
Barclay Street, Floor 7W 
 New York, New York 10286 
 Fax No.:
(212) 815-5595 
 Attention: Corporate Trust Administration 

Re: 10.75% Third Lien Notes due 2020 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of May 7, 2015 (the “Indenture”), among DJO Finance LLC, DJO Finance
Corporation, the Guarantors named therein, the Trustee and the Third Lien Agent. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 

                     (the
“Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $         in such Note[s] or interests (the
“Transfer”), to                      (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with
the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that: 
 [CHECK ALL THAT APPLY] 

1.    ̈   CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST
IN THE PRIVATE PLACEMENT GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities
Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive
Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a
transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 

2.    ̈   CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST
IN THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies
that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably
believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its
behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in 

  
 B-1 

 the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of
Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to
the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 

3.    ̈   CHECK AND COMPLETE IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A
BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO ANY PROVISION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OTHER THAN RULE 144A OR REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in
Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies
that (check one): 
 (a)    ̈   such Transfer is being
effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act; 
 or 

(b)    ̈   such Transfer is being effected to the Issuer or
a subsidiary thereof; 
 or 

(c)    ̈   such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an
effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. 

4.    ̈   CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST
IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OR OF AN UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. 
 (a)  
 ̈   CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO RULE 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer
restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to
maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer
enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 

(b)    ̈   CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. (i) The
Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the
United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance
with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions 

  
 B-2 

 on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted
Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 
 (c)    ̈   CHECK IF TRANSFER IS
PURSUANT TO OTHER EXEMPTION. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the
transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in
order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on
transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 

  
 B-3 

 This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of
the Issuers. 
  

			
	[INSERT NAME OF TRANSFEROR]
		
	By:		  

	Name		
	Title:		

 Dated:
                     

  
 B-4 

 ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 

 

							
	1.		The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:
		
	[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]		
			
	(a)		 ̈  a beneficial interest in the:		
			
			  (i)		 ̈  Private Placement Global Note (CUSIP
[                    ]), or
				
			  (ii)		 ̈  Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP [                    ]), or		
			
	(b)		 ̈  a Restricted Definitive Note.		
			
	2.		After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:		
		
	[CHECK ONE]		
			
	(a)		 ̈  a beneficial interest in the:		
			
			  (i)		 ̈  Private Placement Global Note (CUSIP
[                    ]), or
			
			  (ii)		 ̈  Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP [                    ]),
or
			
			  (iii)		 ̈  Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP [                    ]);
or
			
	(b)		 ̈  a Restricted Definitive Note; or		
		
	(c)		 ̈  an Unrestricted Definitive Note, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

  
 B-5 

 EXHIBIT C 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE 
 [DJO Finance
LLC/ DJO Finance Corporation] 
 1430 Decision Street 
 Vista,
California 92081 
 Attention: General Counsel 
 Fax No.:
(760) 734-3536 
 The Bank of New York Mellon 
 101
Barclay Street, Floor 7W 
 New York, New York 10286 
 Fax No.:
(212) 815-5595 
 Attention: Corporate Finance Unit 

Re: 10.75% Third Lien Notes due 2020 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of May 7, 2015 (the “Indenture”), among DJO Finance LLC, DJO Finance
Corporation, the Guarantors named therein, the Trustee and Third Lien Agent. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 

                    (the
“Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $        in such Note[s] or interests (the
“Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that: 
 1) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE
NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE FOR UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE 

a)    ̈   CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A
RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal
principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to
the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend
are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United
States. 
 b)    ̈   CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL
INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the
Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted

  
 C-1 

 
Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in
order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 

c)    ̈   CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE
NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial
interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the
Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in
compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
 d)    ̈   CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive
Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to
Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the
Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 

2) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES FOR RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL
INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES 
 a)    ̈   CHECK IF
EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal
principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the
Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 

b)    ̈   CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE
NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] [    ] Private Placement Global Note
[    ] Regulation S Global Note, with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such 

  
 C-2 

 
Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with
any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer
enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuers and are dated
                    . 
  

			
	[INSERT NAME OF TRANSFEROR]
		
	By:		  

	Name		
	Title:		

 Dated:
                     

  
 C-3 

 EXHIBIT C 

[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 

TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS] 

Supplemental Indenture (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of
                    , among
                                 (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), [each]
a subsidiary of [DJO Finance LLC, a Delaware limited liability company][DJO Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation] and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (the “Trustee”) and Third Lien Agent. 

W I T N E S S E T H 
 WHEREAS,
Each of the Issuer, [DJO Finance LLC][DJO Finance Corporation] and the Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to below) has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee and Third Lien Agent an indenture (the
“Indenture”), dated as of May 7, 2015, providing for the issuance of up to $300 million aggregate principal amount of 10.75% Third Lien Notes due 2020 (the “Notes”); 

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee and
Third Lien Agent a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuers’ Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the
Indenture (the “Guarantee”); and 
 WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to
execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture. 
 NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows: 

(1) Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. 

(2) Agreement to be Bound; Guarantee. Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary by executing this Supplemental Indenture agrees to be a Guarantor
under the Indenture for all purposes thereof and as such will have all of the rights and be subject to all of the obligations and agreements of a “Guarantor” under the Indenture, including but not limited to the obligations and agreements
in Article 10 thereof. 
 (3) Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
 (4) Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each
signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 
 (5) Effect of Headings. The Section
headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. 
 (6) The Trustee. The Trustee shall not be
responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the 

  
 D-1 

 recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Issuers and each Guaranteeing Subsidiary.

 (12) Benefits Acknowledged. Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the
Indenture. Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it
pursuant to this Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits. 
 (13) Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental
Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed, and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture
shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and each Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby and entitled to the benefits hereof. 

[Signature Pages Follow] 

  
 D-2 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed, all as of the date first above written. 
  

			
	[GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]
		
	By:		  

	Name:		
	Title:		
	
	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as Trustee and Third Lien Agent
		
	By:		  

	Name:		
	Title:		

  
 D-3

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00245-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00245-of-00352.parquet"}]]